US20070077243A1 - Method for making humanized antibodies - Google Patents

Method for making humanized antibodies Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20070077243A1
US20070077243A1 US11/444,791 US44479106A US2007077243A1 US 20070077243 A1 US20070077243 A1 US 20070077243A1 US 44479106 A US44479106 A US 44479106A US 2007077243 A1 US2007077243 A1 US 2007077243A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
residues
human
sequence
cells
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/444,791
Inventor
Paul Carter
Leonard Presta
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/US1992/005126 external-priority patent/WO1992022653A1/en
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Priority to US11/444,791 priority Critical patent/US20070077243A1/en
Publication of US20070077243A1 publication Critical patent/US20070077243A1/en
Priority to US11/969,430 priority patent/US8075890B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2839—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the integrin superfamily
    • C07K16/2845—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the integrin superfamily against integrin beta2-subunit-containing molecules, e.g. CD11, CD18
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K16/2809—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily against the T-cell receptor (TcR)-CD3 complex
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/32—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against translation products of oncogenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/46—Hybrid immunoglobulins
    • C07K16/461—Igs containing Ig-regions, -domains or -residues form different species
    • C07K16/464—Igs containing CDR-residues from one specie grafted between FR-residues from another
    • C07K16/465—Igs containing CDR-residues from one specie grafted between FR-residues from another with additional modified FR-residues
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00—Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/54—F(ab')2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C07K2317/732—Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity [ADCC]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide

Definitions

  • This invention relates to methods for the preparation and use of variant antibodies and finds application particularly in the fields of immunology and cancer diagnosis and therapy.
  • Naturally occurring antibodies comprise two heavy chains linked together by disulfide bonds and two light chains, one light chain being linked to each of the heavy chains by disulfide bonds.
  • Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (V H ) followed by a number of constant domains.
  • Each light chain has a variable domain (V L ) at one end and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
  • Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains, see e.g. Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 186:651-663 (1985); Novotny and Haber, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:4592-4596 (1985).
  • the constant domains are not involved directly in binding the antibody to an antigen, but are involved in various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity.
  • the variable domains of each pair of light and heavy chains are involved directly in binding the antibody to the antigen.
  • the domains of natural light and heavy chains have the same general structure, and each domain comprises four framework (FR) regions, whose sequences are somewhat conserved, connected by three hyper-variable or complementarity determining regions (CDRs) (see Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest , National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., (1987)).
  • the four framework regions largely adopt a ⁇ -sheet conformation and the CDRs form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the ⁇ -sheet structure.
  • the CDRs in each chain are held in close proximity by the framework regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site.
  • chimeric antibodies in which an animal antigen-binding variable domain is coupled to a human constant domain
  • the term “chimeric” antibody is used herein to describe a polypeptide comprising at least the antigen binding portion of an antibody molecule linked to at least part of another protein (typically an immunoglobulin constant domain).
  • the isotype of the human constant domain may be selected to tailor the chimeric antibody for participation in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement-dependent cytotoxicity (see e.g. Brüggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987); Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Love et al., Methods in Enzymology 178:515-527 (1989); Bindon et al., J. Exp. Med. 168:127-142 (1988).
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • complement-dependent cytotoxicity see e.g. Brüggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987); Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Love et al., Methods in Enzymology 178:515-527 (1989); Bindon
  • such chimeric antibodies contain about one third rodent (or other non-human species) sequence and thus are capable of eliciting a significant anti-globulin response in humans.
  • rodent or other non-human species
  • OKT3 much of the resulting anti-globulin response is directed against the variable region rather than the constant region
  • humanized antibody is an embodiment of chimeric antibodies wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species.
  • humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • substituting CDRs from rodent antibodies for the human CDRs in human frameworks is sufficient to transfer high antigen binding affinity (Jones, P. T. et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Verhoeyen, M. et al., Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)), whereas in other cases it has been necessary to additionally replace one (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988)) or several (Queen, C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989)) framework region (FR) residues. See also Co et al., supra.
  • FR residues are anticipated to be important for antigen binding.
  • certain antibodies have been shown to contain a few FR residues which directly contact antigen in crystal structures of antibody-antigen complexes (e.g., reviewed in Davies, D. R. et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 59:439-473 (1990)).
  • FR residues have been proposed by Chothia, Lesk and colleagues (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia, C. et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989); Tramontano, A. et al., J.
  • an antibody variable domain may contain glycosylation sites, and that this glycosylation may improve or abolish antigen binding, Pluckthun, Biotechnology 9:545-51 (1991); Spiegelberg et al., Biochemistry 9:4217-4223 (1970); Wallic et al., J. Exp. Med. 168:1099-1109 (1988); Sox et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 66:975-982 (1970); Margni et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol. 6:535-554 (1988). Ordinarily, however, glycosylation has no influence on the antigen-binding properties of an antibody, Pluckthun, supra, (1991).
  • the proto-oncogene HER2 (human epidermal growth factor receptor 2) encodes a protein tyrosine kinase (p185 HER2 ) that is related to and somewhat homologous to the human epidermal growth factor receptor (see Coussens, L. et al., Science 230:1132-1139 (1985); Yamamoto, T. et al., Nature 319:230-234 (1986); King, C. R. et al., Science 229:974-976 (1985)).
  • HER2 is also known in the field as c-erbB-2, and sometimes by the name of the rat homolog, neu.
  • Amplification and/or overexpression of HER2 is associated with multiple human malignancies and appears to be integrally involved in progression of 25-30% of human breast and ovarian cancers (Slamon, D. J. et al., Science 235:177-182 (1987), Slamon, D. J. et al., Science 244:707-712 (1989)). Furthermore, the extent of amplification is inversely correlated with the observed median patient survival time (Slamon, supra, Science 1989).
  • the murine monoclonal antibody known as muMAb4D5 (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550-1558 (1990)), directed against the extracellular domain (ECD) of p185 HER2 , specifically inhibits the growth of tumor cell lines overexpressing p185 HER2 in monolayer culture or in soft agar (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9:1165-1172 (1989); Lupu, R. et al., Science 249:1552-1555 (1990)).
  • muMAb4D5 The murine monoclonal antibody known as muMAb4D5 (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550-1558 (1990)
  • ECD extracellular domain
  • MuMAb4D5 also has the potential of enhancing tumor cell sensitivity to tumor necrosis factor, an important effector molecule in macrophage-mediated tumor cell cytotoxicity (Hudziak, supra, 1989; Shepard, H. M. and Lewis, G. D. J. Clinical Immunology 8:333-395 (1988)). Thus muMAb4D5 has potential for clinical intervention in and imaging of carcinomas in which p185 HER2 is overexpressed.
  • the muMAb4D5 and its uses are described in PCT application WO 89/06692 published 27 Jul. 1989.
  • This murine antibody was deposited with the ATCC and designated ATCC CRL 10463. However, this antibody may be immunogenic in humans.
  • the objects of this invention are accomplished by a method for making a humanized antibody comprising amino acid sequence of an import, non-human antibody and a human antibody, comprising the steps of:
  • the method of this invention comprises the additional steps of determining if any non-homologous residues identified in step (e) are exposed on the surface of the domain or buried within it, and if the residue is exposed but has none of the effects identified in step (f), retaining the consensus residue.
  • the method of this invention comprises the feature wherein the corresponding consensus antibody residues identified in step (e) above are selected from the group consisting of 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H (utilizing the numbering system set forth in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)).
  • the method of this invention comprises the additional steps of searching either or both of the import, non-human and the consensus variable domain sequences for glycosylation sites, determining if the glycosylation is reasonably expected to be important for the desired antigen binding and biological activity of the antibody (i.e., determining if the glycosylation site binds to antigen or changes a side chain of an amino acid residue that binds to antigen, or if the glycosylation enhances or weakens antigen binding, or is important for maintaining antibody affinity).
  • the import sequence bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to substitute that site for the corresponding residues in the consensus human if the glycosylation site is reasonably expected to be important.
  • only the consensus sequence, and not the import bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to eliminate that glycosylation site or substitute therefor the corresponding amino acid residues from the import sequence.
  • Another embodiment of this invention comprises aligning import antibody and the consensus antibody FR sequences, identifying import antibody FR residues which are non-homologous with the aligned consensus FR sequence, and for each such non-homologous import antibody FR residue, determining if the corresponding consensus antibody residue represents a residue which is highly conserved across all species at that site, and if it is so conserved, preparing a humanized antibody which comprises the consensus antibody amino acid residue at that site.
  • Certain alternate embodiments of the methods of this invention comprise obtaining the amino acid sequence of at least a portion of an import, non-human antibody variable domain having a CDR and a FR, obtaining the amino acid sequence of at least a portion of a consensus antibody variable domain having a CDR and a FR, substituting the non-human CDR for the human CDR in the consensus antibody variable domain, and then substituting an amino acid residue for the consensus amino acid residue at at least one of the following sites:
  • this just-recited embodiment comprises the additional steps of following the method steps appearing at the beginning of this summary and determining whether a particular amino acid residue can reasonably be expected to have undesirable effects.
  • This invention also relates to a humanized antibody comprising the CDR sequence of an import, non-human antibody and the FR sequence of a human antibody, wherein an amino acid residue within the human FR sequence located at any one of the sites 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H has been substituted by another residue.
  • the residue substituted at the human FR site is the residue found at the corresponding location of the non-human antibody from which the non-human CDR was obtained. In other embodiments, no human FR residue other than those set forth in this group has been substituted.
  • This invention also encompasses specific humanized antibody variable domains, and isolated polypeptides having homology with the following sequences.
  • SEQ. ID NO. 1 which is the light chain variable domain of a humanized version of muMAb4D5: DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVNTAVAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYS ASFLESGVPSRFSGSRSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQHYTTPPTFGQ GTKVEIKRT
  • SEQ. ID NO. 2 which is the heavy chain variable domain of a humanized version of muMAb4D5): EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFNIKDTYIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAR IYPTNGYTRYADSVKGRFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCSRWG GDGFYAMDVWGQGTLVTVSS
  • this invention provides a consensus antibody variable domain amino acid sequence for use in the preparation of humanized antibodies, methods for obtaining, using, and storing a computer representation of such a consensus sequence, and computers comprising the sequence data of such a sequence.
  • the following consensus antibody variable domain amino acid sequences are provided: SEQ. ID NO. 3 (light chain): DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYA ASSLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYNSLPYTFGQ GTKVEIKRT, and SEQ. ID NO.
  • FIG. 1A shows the comparison of the V L domain amino acid residues of muMAb4D5, huMAb4D5-5, and a consensus sequence ( FIG. 1A , SEQ. ID NO. 5, SEQ. ID NO. 1 and SEQ. ID NO. 3, respectively).
  • FIG. 1B shows the comparison between the V H domain amino acid residues of the muMAb4D5, huMAb4D5-5, and a consensus sequence ( FIG. 1B , SEQ. ID NO. 6, SEQ. ID NO. 2 and SEQ. ID NO. 4, respectively). Both FIGS. 1A and 1B use the generally accepted numbering scheme from Kabat, E.
  • FIG. 2 shows a scheme for humanization of muMAb4D5 V L and V H by gene conversion mutagenesis.
  • FIG. 3 shows the inhibition of SK-BR-3 proliferation by MAb4D5 variants. Relative cell proliferation was determined as described (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9:1165-1172 (1989)) and data (average of triplicate determinations) are presented as a percentage of results with untreated cultures for muMAb4D5 ( ⁇ ), huMAb4D5-8 ( ⁇ ) and huMAb4D5-1 ( ⁇ ).
  • FIG. 4 shows a stereo view of a-carbon tracing for a model of huMAb4D5-8 V L and V H .
  • the CDR residues (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) are shown in bold and side chains of V H residues A71, T73, A78, S93, Y102 and V L residues Y55 plus R66 (see Table 3) are shown
  • FIG. 5 shows an amino acid sequence comparison of V L (top panel) and V H (lower panel) domains of the murine anti-CD3 monoclonal Ab UCHT1 (muxCD3, Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med. 175, 217-225 (1992) with a humanized variant of this antibody huxCD3v1. Also shown are consensus sequences (most commonly occurring residue or pair of residues) of the most abundant human subgroups, namely V L K 1 and V H III upon which the humanized sequences are based (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5 th edition, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., USA (1991)).
  • Residues which differ between muxCD3 and huxCD3v1 are identified by an asterisk (*), whereas those which differ between humanized and consensus sequences are identified by a sharp sign (#).
  • a bullet ( ⁇ ) denotes that a residue at this position has been found to contact antigen in one or more crystallographic structures of antibody/antigen complexes (Kabat et al., 1991; Mian, I. S.
  • FIG. 6A-1 AND 6 A- 2 compare murine and humanized amino acid sequences for the heavy chain of an anti-CD18 antibody.
  • H52H4-160 (SEQ. ID. NO. 22) is the murine sequence
  • pH52-8.0 (SEQ. ID. NO. 23) is the humanized heavy chain sequence.
  • pH52-8.0 residue 143S is the final amino acid in the variable heavy chain domain V H
  • residue 144A is the first amino acid in the constant heavy chain domain C H1 .
  • FIG. 6B compares murine and humanized amino acid sequences for the light chain of an anti-CD18 antibody.
  • H52L6-158 (SEQ. ID. NO. 24) is the murine sequence
  • pH52-9.0 (SEQ. ID. NO. 25) is the humanized light chain sequence.
  • pH52-9.0 residue 128T is the final amino acid in the light chain variable domain V L
  • residue 129V is the first amino acid in the light chain constant domain C L .
  • muMAb4D5 The murine monoclonal antibody known as muMAb4D5 (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50 : 1550 -1558 (1990)) is directed against the extracellular domain (ECD) of p185 HER2 .
  • ECD extracellular domain
  • muMAb4D5 and its uses are described in PCT application WO 89/06692 published 27 Jul. 1989.
  • This murine antibody was deposited with the ATCC and designated ATCC CRL 10463.
  • muMAb4D5, chMAb4D5 and huMAb4D5 represent murine, chimerized and humanized versions of the monoclonal antibody 4D5, respectively.
  • a humanized antibody for the purposes herein is an immunoglobulin amino acid sequence variant or fragment thereof which is capable of binding to a predetermined antigen and which comprises a FR region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobulin and a CDR having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human immunoglobulin.
  • a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are referred to herein as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” antibody domain, particularly a variable domain.
  • An import residue, sequence, or antibody has a desired affinity and/or specificity, or other desirable antibody biological activity as discussed herein.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , Fabc, Fv) in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody 25 optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • the antibody will contain both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain.
  • the antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain.
  • the humanized antibody will be selected from any class of immunoglobulins, including IgM, IgG, IgD, IgA and IgE, and any isotype, including IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4.
  • the constant domain is a complement fixing constant domain where it is desired that the humanized antibody exhibit cytotoxic activity, and the class is typically IgG 1 . Where such cytotoxic activity is not desirable, the constant domain may be of the IgG 2 class.
  • the humanized antibody may comprise sequences from more than one class or isotype, and selecting particular constant domains to optimize desired effector functions is within the ordinary skill in the art.
  • the FR and CDR regions of the humanized antibody need not correspond precisely to the parental sequences, e.g., the import CDR or the consensus FR may be mutagenized by substitution, insertion or deletion of at least one residue so that the CDR or FR residue at that site does not correspond to either the consensus or the import antibody. Such mutations, however, will not be extensive. Usually, at least 75% of the humanized antibody residues will correspond to those of the parental FR and CDR sequences, more often 90%, and most preferably greater than 95%.
  • humanized antibodies prepared by the method of this invention are produced by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences.
  • Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
  • Residues that influence antigen binding are defined to be residues that are substantially responsible for the antigen affinity or antigen specificity of a candidate immunoglobulin, in a positive or a negative sense.
  • the invention is directed to the selection and combination of FR residues from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired immunoglobulin characteristic is achieved.
  • desired characteristics include increases in affinity and greater specificity for the target antigen, although it is conceivable that in some circumstances the opposite effects might be desired.
  • the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding (although not all CDR residues are so involved and therefore need not be substituted into the consensus sequence).
  • FR residues also have a significant effect and can exert their influence in at least three ways: They may noncovalently directly bind to antigen, they may interact with CDR residues and they may affect the interface between the heavy and light chains.
  • a residue that noncovalently directly binds to antigen is one that, by three dimensional analysis, is reasonably expected to noncovalently directly bind to antigen. Typically, it is necessary to impute the position of antigen from the spatial location of neighboring CDRs and the dimensions and structure of the target antigen. In general, only those humanized antibody residues that are capable of forming salt bridges, hydrogen bonds, or hydrophobic interactions are likely to be involved in non-covalent antigen binding, however residues which have atoms which are separated from antigen spatially by 3.2 Angstroms or less may also non-covalently interact with antigen. Such residues typically are the relatively larger amino acids having the side chains with the greatest bulk, such as tyrosine, arginine, and lysine.
  • Antigen-binding FR residues also typically will have side chains that are oriented into an envelope surrounding the solvent oriented face of a CDR which extends about 7 Angstroms into the solvent from the CDR domain and about 7 Angstroms on either side of the CDR domain, again as visualized by three dimensional modeling.
  • a residue that interacts with a CDR generally is a residue that either affects the conformation of the CDR polypeptide backbone or forms a noncovalent bond with a CDR residue side chain.
  • Conformation-affecting residues ordinarily are those that change the spatial position of any CDR backbone atom (N, C ⁇ , C, O, C ⁇ ) by more than about 0.2 Angstroms.
  • Backbone atoms of CDR sequences are displaced for example by residues that interrupt or modify organized structures such as beta sheets, helices or loops.
  • Residues that can exert a profound affect on the conformation of neighboring sequences include proline and glycine, both of which are capable of introducing bends into the backbone.
  • Other residues that can displace backbone atoms are those that are capable of participating in salt bridges and hydrogen bonds.
  • a residue that interacts with a CDR side chain is one that is reasonably expected to form a noncovalent bond with a CDR side chain, generally either a salt bridge or hydrogen bond.
  • residues are identified by three dimensional positioning of their side chains.
  • a salt or ion bridge could be expected to form between two side chains positioned within about 2.5-3.2 Angstroms of one another that bear opposite charges, for example a lysinyl and a glutamyl pairing.
  • a hydrogen bond could be expected to form between the side chains of residue pairs such as seryl or threonyl with aspartyl or glutamyl (or other hydrogen accepting residues).
  • Such pairings are well known in the protein chemistry art and will be apparent to the artisan upon three dimensional modeling of the candidate immunoglobulin.
  • V L -V H interface Immunoglobulin residues that affect the interface between heavy and light chain variable regions
  • Certain residues involved in interchain interactions are already known and include V L residues 34, 36, 38, 44, 46, 87, 89, 91, 96, and 98 and V H residues 35, 37, 39, 45, 47, 91, 93, 95, 100, and 103 (utilizing the nomenclature set forth in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)). Additional residues are newly identified by the inventors herein, and include 43L, 85L, 43H and 60H.
  • CDR and FR residues are determined according to a standard sequence definition (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda Md. (1987), and a structural definition (as in Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987). Where these two methods result in slightly different identifications of a CDR, the structural definition is preferred, but the residues identified by the sequence definition method are considered important FR residues for determination of which framework residues to import into a consensus sequence.
  • Kabat E. A., et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987) and (1991).
  • Kabat lists many amino acid sequences for antibodies for each subclass, and lists the most commonly occurring amino acid for each residue position in that subclass.
  • Kabat uses a method for assigning a residue number to each amino acid in a listed sequence, and this method for assigning residue numbers has become standard in the field.
  • the Kabat numbering scheme is followed in this description. For purposes of this invention, to assign residue numbers to a candidate antibody amino acid sequence which is not included in the Kabat compendium, one follows the following steps.
  • the candidate sequence is aligned with any immunoglobulin sequence or any consensus sequence in Kabat. Alignment may be done by hand, or by computer using commonly accepted computer programs; an example of such a program is the Align 2 program discussed in this description. Alignment may be facilitated by using some amino acid residues which are common to most Fab sequences.
  • the light and heavy chains each typically have two cysteines which have the same residue numbers; in V L domain the two cysteines are typically at residue numbers 23 and 88, and in the V H domain the two cysteine residues are typically numbered 22 and 92.
  • Framework residues generally, but not always, have approximately the same number of residues, however the CDRs will vary in size.
  • Consensus sequence and “consensus antibody” as used herein refers to an amino acid sequence which comprises the most frequently occurring amino acid residues at each location in all immunoglobulins of any particular subclass or subunit structure.
  • the consensus sequence may be based on immunoglobulins of a particular species or of many species.
  • a “consensus” sequence, structure, or antibody is understood to encompass a consensus human sequence as described in certain embodiments of this invention, and to refer to an amino acid sequence which comprises the most frequently occurring amino acid residues at each location in all human immunoglobulins of any particular subclass or subunit structure. This invention provides consensus human structures and consensus structures which consider other species in addition to human.
  • the subunit structures of the five immunoglobulin classes in humans are as follows: Class Heavy Chain Subclasses Light Chain Molecular Formula IgG ⁇ ⁇ 1, ⁇ 2, ⁇ 3, ⁇ 4 ⁇ or ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ), ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ) IgA ⁇ ⁇ 1, ⁇ 2 ⁇ or ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ) n a , ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ) n a IgM ⁇ none ⁇ or ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ) 5 , ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ ) 5 IgD ⁇ none ⁇ or ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ), ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ) IgE ⁇ none ⁇ or ⁇ ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ), ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ) ( a n may equal 1, 2, or 3)
  • the consensus variable domain sequences are derived from the most abundant subclasses in the sequence compilation of Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda Md. (1987), namely V L K subgroup I and V H group III.
  • the V L consensus domain has the amino acid sequence: (SEQ. ID NO. 3) DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYA ASSLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYNSLPYTFGQ GTKVEIKRT;
  • the V H consensus domain has the amino acid sequence: (SEQ. ID NO. 4) EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYAMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVAV ISENGSDTYYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARDR GGAVSYFDVWGQGTLVTVSS. These sequences include consensus CDRs as well as consensus FR residues (see for example in FIG. 1 ).
  • the consensus sequence is derived from other subclasses of human immunoglobulin variable domains. In yet other embodiments, the consensus sequence is derived from human constant domains.
  • Identity or homology with respect to a specified amino acid sequence of this invention is defined herein as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the specified residues, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent homology, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. None of N-terminal, C-terminal or internal extensions, deletions, or insertions into the specified sequence shall be construed as affecting homology. All sequence alignments called for in this invention are such maximal homology alignments. While such alignments may be done by hand using conventional methods, a suitable computer program is the “Align 2” program for which protection is being sought from the U.S. Register of Copyrights (Align 2, by Genentech, Inc., application filed 9 Dec. 1991).
  • Non-homologous import antibody residues are those residues which are not identical to the amino acid residue at the analogous or corresponding location in a consensus sequence, after the import and consensus sequences are aligned.
  • computer representation refers to information which is in a form that can be manipulated by a computer.
  • the act of storing a computer representation refers to the act of placing the information in a form suitable for manipulation by a computer.
  • This invention is also directed to novel polypeptides, and in certain aspects, isolated novel humanized anti-p185 HER2 antibodies are provided.
  • novel anti-p185 HER2 antibodies are sometimes collectively referred to herein as huMAb4D5, and also sometimes as the light or heavy chain variable domains of huMAb4D5, and are defined herein to be any polypeptide sequence which possesses a biological property of a polypeptide comprising the following polypeptide sequence:
  • Bio property as relates for example to anti-p185 HER2 , for the purposes herein means an in vivo effector or antigen-binding function or activity that is directly or indirectly performed by huMAb4D5 (whether in its native or denatured conformation). Effector functions include p185 HER2 binding, any hormonal or hormonal antagonist activity, any mitogenic or agonist or antagonist activity, any cytotoxic activity.
  • An antigenic function means possession of an epitope or antigenic site that is capable of cross-reacting with antibodies raised against the polypeptide sequence of huMAb4D5.
  • Biologically active huMAb4D5 is defined herein as a polypeptide that shares an effector function of huMAb4D5.
  • a principal known effector function of huMAb4D5 is its ability to bind to p185 HER2 .
  • the biologically active and antigenically active huMAb4D5 polypeptides that are the subject of certain embodiments of this invention include the sequence of the entire translated nucleotide sequence of huMAb4D5; mature huMAb4D5; fragments thereof having a consecutive sequence of at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 or 40 amino acid residues comprising sequences from muMAb4D5 plus residues from the human FR of huMAb4D5; amino acid sequence variants of huMAb4D5 wherein an amino acid residue has been inserted N— or C-terminal to, or within, huMAb4D5 or its fragment as defined above; amino acid sequence variants of huMAb4D5 or its fragment as defined above wherein an amino acid residue of huMAb4D5 or its fragment as defined above has been substituted by another residue, including predetermined mutations by, e.g., site-directed or PCR mutagenesis; derivatives of huMAb4D5 or
  • Such fragments and variants exclude any polypeptide heretofore identified, including muMAb4D5 or any known polypeptide fragment, which are anticipatory order 35 U.S.C.102 as well as polypeptides obvious thereover under 35 U.S.C. 103.
  • An “isolated” polypeptide means polypeptide which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, arid may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes.
  • a polypeptide product comprising huMAb4D5 will be purified from a cell culture or other synthetic environment (1) to greater than 95% by weight of protein as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a gas- or liquid-phase sequenator (such as a commercially available Applied Biosystems sequenator Model 470, 477, or 473), or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
  • a gas- or liquid-phase sequenator such as a commercially available Applied Biosystems sequenator Model 470, 477, or 473
  • Isolated huMAb4D5 includes huMAb4D5 in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the huMAb4D5 natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated huMAb4D5 will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • huMAb4D5 nucleic acid is RNA or DNA containing greater than ten bases that encodes a biologically or antigenically active huMAb4D5, is complementary to nucleic acid sequence encoding such huMAb4D5, or hybridizes to nucleic acid sequence encoding such huMAb4D5 and remains stably bound to it under stringent conditions, and comprises nucleic acid from a muMAb4D5 CDR and a human FR region.
  • the huMAb4D5 nucleic acid encodes a polypeptide sharing at least 75% sequence identity, more preferably at least 80%, still more preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at 90%, and most preferably 95%, with the huMAb4D5 amino acid sequence.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes to the huMAb4D5 nucleic acid contains at least 20, more preferably 40, and most preferably 90 bases.
  • hybridizing or complementary nucleic acid is further defined as being novel under 35 U.S.C. 102 and unobvious under 35 U.S.C. 103 over any prior art nucleic acid.
  • Stringent conditions are those that (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example, 0.015 M NaCl/0.0015 M sodium citrate/O/l % NaDodSO 4 at 50° C.; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent such as formamide, for example, 50% (vol/vol) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0/1% Ficoll/0/1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM NaCl, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42° C.; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC (0.75 M NaCl, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5 ⁇ Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 g/ml), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42 C, with washes at 42 C in 0.2 ⁇ SSC and
  • control sequences refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism.
  • the control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, a ribosome binding site, and possibly, other as yet poorly understood sequences.
  • Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
  • Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence.
  • DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide;
  • a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or
  • a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation.
  • “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, then synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accord with conventional practice.
  • exogenous element is defined herein to mean nucleic acid sequence that is foreign to the cell, or homologous to the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the element is ordinarily not found.
  • the expressions “cell,” “cell line,” and “cell culture” are used interchangeably and all such designations include progeny.
  • the words “transformants” and “transformed cells” include the primary subject cell and cultures derived therefrom without regard for the number of transfers. It is also understood that all progeny may not be precisely identical in DNA content, due to deliberate or inadvertent mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened for in the originally transformed cell are included. Where distinct designations are intended, it will be clear from the context.
  • “Oligonucleotides” are short-length, single- or double-stranded polydeoxynucleotides that are chemically synthesized by known methods (such as phosphotriester, phosphite, or phosphoramidite chemistry, using solid phase techniques such as described in EP 266,032 published 4 May 1988, or via deoxynucleoside H-phosphonate intermediates as described by Froehler et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 14: 5399-5407 [1986]). They are then purified on polyacrylamide gels.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • sequence information from the ends of the region of interest or beyond needs to be available, such that oligonucleotide primers can be designed; these primers will be identical or similar in sequence to opposite strands of the template to be amplified.
  • the 5′ terminal nucleotides of the two primers may coincide with the ends of the amplified material.
  • PCR can be used to amplify specific RNA sequences, specific DNA sequences from total genomic DNA, and cDNA transcribed from total cellular. RNA, bacteriophage or plasmid sequences, etc. See generally Mullis et al., Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol., 51: 263 (1987); Erlich, ed., PCR Technology , (Stockton Press, NY, 1989).
  • PCR is considered to be one, but not the only, example of a nucleic acid polymerase reaction method for amplifying a nucleic acid test sample, comprising the use of a known nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) as a primer and utilizes a nucleic acid polymerase to amplify or generate a specific piece of nucleic acid or to amplify or generate a specific piece of nucleic acid which is complementary to a particular nucleic acid.
  • DNA or RNA DNA or RNA
  • Some aspects of this invention include obtaining an import, non-human antibody variable domain, producing a desired humanized antibody sequence and for humanizing an antibody gene sequence are described below.
  • the antibodies and antibody variable domains of this invention are conventionally prepared in recombinant cell culture, as described in more detail below. Recombinant synthesis is preferred for reasons of safety and economy, but it is known to prepare peptides by chemical synthesis and to purify them from natural sources; such preparations are included within the definition of antibodies herein.
  • CDRs complementarity-determining regions
  • All of the humanized antibody models of this invention are based on a single three-dimensional computer graphics structure hereafter referred to as the consensus structure.
  • This consensus structure is a key distinction from the approach of previous workers in the field, who typically begin by selecting a human antibody structure which has an amino acid sequence which is similar to the sequence of their import antibody.
  • Step 1 Seven Fab X-ray crystal structures from the Brookhaven Protein Data Bank were used (entries 2FB4, 2RHE, 3FAB, and 1REI which are human structures, and 2MCP, 1FBJ, and 2HFL which are murine structures). For each structure, protein mainchain geometry and hydrogen bonding patterns were used to assign each residue to one of three secondary structure types: alpha-helix, beta-strand or other (i.e. non-helix and non-strand). The immunoglobulin residues used in superpositioning and those included in the consensus structure are shown in Table 1.
  • Residue numbers for the crystal structures are taken from the Protein Data Bank files. Residue numbers for the consensus structure are according to Kabat et al. c Root-mean-square deviation in ⁇ for (N, C ⁇ , C) atoms superimposed on 2FB4. d Root-mean-square deviation in ⁇ for (N, C ⁇ , C) atoms superimposed on 2HFL.
  • Step 2 Having identified the alpha-helices and beta-strands in each of the seven structures, the structures were superimposed on one another using the INSIGHT computer program (Biosym Technologies, San Diego, Calif.) as follows: The 2FB4 structure was arbitrarily chosen as the template (or reference) structure. The 2FB4 was held fixed in space and the other six structures rotated and translated in space so that their common secondary structural elements (i.e. alpha-helices and beta-strands) were oriented such that these common elements were as close in position to one another as possible. (This superpositioning was performed using accepted mathematical formulae rather than actually physically moving the structures by hand.)
  • Step 3 With the seven structures thus superimposed, for each residue in the template (2FB4) Fab one calculates the distance from the template alpha-carbon atom (C ⁇ ) to the analogous C ⁇ atom in each of the other six superimposed structures. This results in a table of C ⁇ -C ⁇ distances for each residue position in the sequence. Such a table is necessary in order to determine which residue positions will be included in the consensus model. Generally, if all C ⁇ -C ⁇ distances for a given residue position were ⁇ 1.0 ⁇ , that position was included in the consensus structure. If for a given position only one Fab crystal structure was >1.0 ⁇ , the position was included but the outlying crystal structure was not included in the next step (for this position only). In general, the seven ⁇ -strands were included in the consensus structure while some of the loops connecting the ⁇ -strands, e.g. complementarity-determining regions (CDRs), were not included in view of C ⁇ divergence.
  • CDRs complementarity-determining regions
  • Step 4 For each residue which was included in the consensus structure after step 3, the average of the coordinates for individual mainchain N, C ⁇ , C, O and C ⁇ atoms were calculated. Due to the averaging procedure, as well as variation in bond length, bond angle and dihedral angle among the crystal structures, this “average” structure contained some bond lengths and angles which deviated from standard geometry.
  • standard geometry is understood to include geometries commonly accepted as typical, such as the compilation of bond lengths and angles from small molecule structures in Weiner, S. J. et. al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 106: 765-784 (1984).
  • Step 5 In order to correct these deviations, the final step was to subject the “average” structure to 50 cycles of energy minimization (DISCOVER program, Biosym Technologies) using the AMBER (Weiner, S. J. et. al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 106: 765-784 (1984)) parameter set with only the C ⁇ coordinates fixed (i.e. all other atoms are allowed to move) (energy minimization is described below). This allowed any deviant bond lengths and angles to assume a standard (chemically acceptable) geometry. See Table II.
  • Standard geometry values are from the AMBER forcefield as implemented in DISCOVER (Biosym Technologies).
  • the consensus structure might conceivably be dependent upon which crystal structure was chosen as the template on which the others were superimposed. As a test, the entire procedure was repeated using the crystal structure with the worst superposition versus 2FB4, i.e. the 2HFL Fab structure, as the new template (reference).
  • the two consensus structures compare favorably (root-mean-squared deviation of 0.11 ⁇ for all N, C ⁇ and C atoms).
  • the consensus structure only includes mainchain (N, C ⁇ , C, O, C ⁇ atoms) coordinates for only those residues which are part of a conformation common to all seven X-ray crystal structures.
  • mainchain N, C ⁇ , C, O, C ⁇ atoms
  • these include the common ⁇ -strands (which comprise two ⁇ -sheets) and a few non-CDR loops which connect these ⁇ -strands.
  • the consensus structure does not include CDRs or sidechains, both of which vary in their conformation among the seven structures.
  • the consensus structure includes only the VL and VH domains.
  • This consensus structure is used as the archetype. It is not particular to any species, and has only the basic shape without side chains.
  • the model of any import, human, or humanized Fab can be constructed as follows. Using the amino acid sequence of the particular antibody VL and VH domains of interest, a computer graphics program (such as INSIGHT, Biosym Technologies) is used to add sidechains and CDRs to the consensus structure. When a sidechain is added, its conformation is chosen on the basis of known Fab crystal structures (see the Background section for publications of such crystal structures) and rotamer libraries (Ponder, J. W. & Richards, F. M., J. Mol. Biol. 193: 775-791 (1987)). The model also is constructed so that the atoms of the sidechain are positioned so as to not collide with other atoms in the Fab.
  • CDRs are added to the model (now having the backbone plus side chains) as follows.
  • the size (i.e. number of amino acids) of each import CDR is compared to canonical CDR structures tabulated by Chothia et al., Nature, 342:877-883 (1989)) and which were derived from Fab crystals.
  • Each CDR sequence is also reviewed for the presence or absence of certain specific amino acid residues which are identified by Chothia as structurally important: e.g. light chain residues 29 (CDR1) and 95 (CDR3), and heavy chain residues 26, 27, 29 (CDR1) and 55 (CDR2).
  • CDR1 and 95 CDR3
  • CDR2 and heavy chain CDR3 only the size of the CDR is compared to the Chothia canonical structure.
  • the mainchain conformation of the import CDR in the model is taken to be the same as that of the canonical CDR. This means that the import sequence is assigned the structural configuration of the canonical CDR, which is then incorporated in the evolving model.
  • the model is preferably subjected to energy minimization using programs which are available commercially (e.g. DISCOVER, Biosym Technologies).
  • This technique uses complex mathematical formulae to refine the model by performing such tasks as checking that all atoms are within appropriate distances from one another and checking that bond lengths and angles are within chemically acceptable limits.
  • Models of a humanized, import or human antibody sequence are used in the practice of this invention to understand the impact of selected amino acid residues of the activity of the sequence being modeled.
  • a model can show residues which may be important in antigen binding, or for maintaining the conformation of the antibody, as discussed in more detail below.
  • Modeling can also be used to explore the potential impact of changing any amino acid residue in the antibody sequence.
  • the first step in humanizing an import antibody is deriving a consensus amino acid sequence into which to incorporate the import sequences.
  • a model is generated for these sequences using the methods described above.
  • the consensus human sequences are derived from the most abundant subclasses in the sequence compilation of Kabat et al. (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)), namely V L K subgroup I and V H group III, and have the sequences indicated in the definitions above.
  • a structure for the candidate humanized antibody is created by transferring the at least one CDR from the non-human, import sequence into the consensus human structure, after the entire corresponding human CDR has been removed.
  • the humanized antibody may contain human replacements of the non-human import residues at positions within CDRs as defined by sequence variability (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1 987)) or as defined by structural variability (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)).
  • huMAb4D5 contains human replacements of the muMAb4D5 residues at three positions within CDRs as defined by sequence variability (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) but not as defined by structural variability (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987): V L -CDR1 K24R, V L -CDR2 R54L and V L -CDR2 T56S.
  • Differences between the non-human import and the human consensus framework residues are individually investigated to determine their possible influence on CDR conformation and/or binding to antigen. Investigation of such possible influences is desirably performed through modeling, by examination of the characteristics of the amino acids at particular locations, or determined experimentally through evaluating the effects of substitution or mutagenesis of particular amino acids.
  • a humanized antibody is made comprising amino acid sequence of an import, non-human antibody and a human antibody, utilizing the steps of:
  • step (e) determines if any non-homologous residues identified in step (e) are exposed on the surface of the domain or buried within it, and if the residue is exposed but has none of the effects identified in step (f), one may retain the consensus residue.
  • the corresponding consensus antibody residues identified in step (e) above are selected from the group consisting of 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H (utilizing the numbering system set forth in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)).
  • the method of this invention comprises the additional steps of searching either or both of the import, non-human and the consensus variable domain sequences for glycosylation sites, determining if the glycosylation is reasonably expected to be important for the desired antigen binding and biological activity of the antibody (i.e., determining if the glycosylation site binds to antigen or changes a side chain of an amino acid residue that binds to antigen, or if the glycosylation enhances or weakens antigen binding, or is important for maintaining antibody affinity).
  • the import sequence bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to substitute that site for the corresponding residues in the consensus human sequence if the glycosylation site is reasonably expected to be important.
  • only the consensus sequence, and not the import bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to eliminate that glycosylation site or substitute therefor the corresponding amino acid residues from the import sequence.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the methods of this invention comprises aligning import antibody and the consensus antibody FR sequences, identifying import antibody FR residues which are non-homologous with the aligned consensus FR sequence, and for each such non-homologous import antibody FR residue, determining if the corresponding consensus antibody residue represents a residue which is highly conserved across all species at that site, and if it is so conserved, preparing a humanized antibody which comprises the consensus antibody amino acid residue at that site.
  • amino acid residues in the consensus human sequence are substituted for by other amino acid residues.
  • residues from a particular non-human import sequence are substituted, however there are circumstances where it is desired to evaluate the effects of other amino acids. For example, if after making a humanized antibody according to the steps above and testing its activity one is not satisfied with the humanized antibody, one may compare the sequences of other classes or subgroups of human antibodies, or classes or subgroups of antibodies from the particular non-human species, and determine which other amino acid side chains and amino acid residues are found at particular locations and substituting such other residues.
  • antibodies to be humanized are isolated from continuous hybrid cell lines formed by the fusion of antigen-primed immune lymphocytes with myeloma cells.
  • the antibodies of this invention are obtained by routine screening.
  • Polyclonal antibodies to an antigen generally are raised in animals by multiple subcutaneous (sc) or intraperitoneal (ip) injections of the antigen and an adjuvant. It may be useful to conjugate the antigen or a fragment containing the target amino acid sequence to a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized, e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor using a bifunctional or derivatizing agent, for example, maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N-hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCl 2 , or R 1 N ⁇ C ⁇ NR, where R and R 1 are different alkyl groups.
  • mice are frequently employed as the test model, it is contemplated that any mammalian subject including human subjects or antibody-producing cells obtained therefrom can be manipulated according to the processes of this invention to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human, hybrid cell lines.
  • Animals are typically immunized against the immunogenic conjugates or derivatives by combining 1 mg or 1 ⁇ g of conjugate (for rabbits or mice, respectively) with 3 volumes of Freund's complete adjuvant and injecting the solution intradermally at multiple sites.
  • the animals are boosted with 1 ⁇ 5 to 1/10 the original amount of conjugate in Freund's complete adjuvant (or other suitable adjuvant) by subcutaneous injection at multiple sites.
  • 7 to 14 days later animals are bled and the serum is assayed for antigen titer. Animals are boosted until the titer plateaus.
  • the animal is boosted with the conjugate of the same antigen, but conjugated to a different protein and/or through a different cross-linking agent.
  • Conjugates also can be made in recombinant cell culture as protein fusions. Also, aggregating agents such as alum are used to enhance the immune response.
  • monoclonal antibodies are prepared by recovering immune lymphoid cells—typically spleen cells or lymphocytes from lymph node tissue—from immunized animals and immortalizing the cells in conventional fashion, e.g. by fusion with myeloma cells or by Epstein-Barr (EB)-virus transformation and screening for clones expressing the desired antibody.
  • immune lymphoid cells typically spleen cells or lymphocytes from lymph node tissue
  • EB Epstein-Barr
  • the source of the immunized antibody producing cells and the myeloma be from the same species.
  • the hybrid cell lines can be maintained in culture in vitro in cell culture media.
  • the cell lines of this invention can be selected and/or maintained in a composition comprising the continuous cell line in hypoxanthine-aminopterin thymidine (HAT) medium.
  • HAT hypoxanthine-aminopterin thymidine
  • the hybrid cell lines can be stored and preserved in any number of conventional ways, including freezing and storage under liquid nitrogen. Frozen cell lines can be revived and cultured indefinitely with resumed synthesis and secretion of monoclonal antibody.
  • the secreted antibody is recovered from tissue culture supernatant by conventional methods such as precipitation, Ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, or the like.
  • the antibodies described herein are also recovered from hybridoma cell cultures by conventional methods for purification of IgG or IgM as the case may be that heretofore have been used to purify these immunoglobulins from pooled plasma, e.g. ethanol or polyethylene glycol precipitation procedures.
  • the purified antibodies are sterile filtered, and optionally are conjugated to a detectable marker such as an enzyme or spin label for use in diagnostic assays of the antigen in test samples.
  • Fab fragments Techniques for creating recombinant DNA versions of the antigen-binding regions of antibody molecules which bypass the generation of monoclonal antibodies are encompassed within the practice of this invention.
  • cDNA complementary DNA
  • One example of such a technique suitable for the practice of this invention was developed by researchers at Scripps/Stratagene, and incorporates a proprietary bacteriophage lambda vector system which contains a leader sequence that causes the expressed Fab protein to migrate to the periplasmic space (between the bacterial cell membrane and the cell wall) or to be secreted.
  • Such FAb fragments with specificity for the antigen are specifically encompassed within the term “antibody” as it is defined, discussed, and claimed here
  • Amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies and polypeptides of this invention are prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the DNA encoding the target polypeptide, or by in vitro synthesis of the desired target polypeptide.
  • Such variants include, for example, humanized variants of non-human antibodies, as well as deletions from, or insertions or substitutions of, residues within particular amino acid sequences. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics.
  • the amino acid changes also may alter post-translational processes of the target polypeptide, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites, altering any membrane anchoring characteristics, and/or altering the intra-cellular location of the target polypeptide by inserting, deleting, or otherwise affecting any leader sequence of the native target polypeptide.
  • the location of the mutation site and the nature of the mutation will depend on the target polypeptide characteristic(s) to be modified.
  • the sites for mutation can be modified individually or in series, e.g., by (1) substituting first with conservative amino acid choices and then with more radical selections depending upon the results achieved, (2) deleting the target residue, or (3) inserting residues of the same or a different class adjacent to the located site, or combinations of options 1-3. In certain embodiments, these choices are guided by the methods for creating humanized sequences set forth above.
  • a useful method for identification of certain residues or regions of the target polypeptide that are preferred locations for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells ( Science, 244: 1081-1085 [1989]).
  • a residue or group of target residues are identified (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (most preferably alanine or polyalanine) to affect the interaction of the amino acids with the surrounding aqueous environment in or outside the cell.
  • Those domains demonstrating functional sensitivity to the substitutions then are refined by introducing further or other variants at or for the sites of substitution.
  • the site for introducing an amino acid sequence variation is predetermined, the nature of the mutation per se need not be predetermined.
  • ala scanning or random mutagenesis may be conducted at the target codon or region and the expressed target polypeptide variants are screened for the optimal combination of desired activity.
  • amino acid sequence variants There are two principal variables in the construction of amino acid sequence variants: the location of the mutation site and the nature of the mutation. In general, the location and nature of the mutation chosen will depend upon the target polypeptide characteristic to be modified.
  • Amino acid sequence deletions of antibodies are generally not preferred, as maintaining the generally configuration of an antibody is believed to be necessary for its activity. Any deletions will be selected so as to preserve the structure of the target antibody.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
  • Intrasequence insertions i.e., insertions within the target polypeptide sequence
  • terminal insertions include the target polypeptide with an N-terminal methionyl residue, an artifact of the direct expression of target polypeptide in bacterial recombinant cell culture, and fusion of a heterologous N-terminal signal sequence to the N-terminus of the target polypeptide molecule to facilitate the secretion of the mature target polypeptide from recombinant host cells.
  • signal sequences generally will be obtained from, and thus homologous to, the intended host cell species. Suitable sequences include STII or Ipp for E. coli , alpha factor for yeast, and viral signals such as herpes gD for mammalian cells.
  • insertional variants of the target polypeptide include the fusion to the N— or C-terminus of the target polypeptide of immunogenic polypeptides, e.g., bacterial polypeptides such as beta-lactamase or an enzyme encoded by the E. coli trp locus, or yeast protein, and C-terminal fusions with proteins having a long half-life such as immunoglobulin constant regions (or other immunoglobulin regions), albumin, or ferritin, as described in WO 89/02922 published 6 Apr. 1989.
  • immunogenic polypeptides e.g., bacterial polypeptides such as beta-lactamase or an enzyme encoded by the E. coli trp locus, or yeast protein
  • C-terminal fusions with proteins having a long half-life such as immunoglobulin constant regions (or other immunoglobulin regions), albumin, or ferritin, as described in WO 89/02922 published 6 Apr. 1989.
  • variants are amino acid substitution variants. These variants have at least one amino acid residue in the target polypeptide molecule removed and a different residue inserted in its place.
  • the sites of greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include sites identified as the active site(s) of the target polypeptide, and sites where the amino acids found in the target polypeptide from various species are substantially different in terms of side-chain bulk, charge, and/or hydrophobicity. Other sites for substitution are described infra, considering the effect of the substitution of the antigen binding, affinity and other characteristics of a particular target antibody.
  • sites of interest are those in which particular residues of the target polypeptides obtained from various species are identical. These positions may be important for the biological activity of the target polypeptide. These sites, especially those falling within a sequence of at least three other identically conserved sites, are substituted in a relatively conservative manner. If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then other changes are introduced and the products screened until the desired effect is obtained.
  • Substantial modifications in function or immunological identity of the target polypeptide are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side chain properties:
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another.
  • Such substituted residues may be introduced into regions of the target polypeptide that are homologous with other antibodies of the same class or subclass, or, more preferably, into the non-homologous regions of the molecule.
  • Any cysteine residues not involved in maintaining the proper conformation of target polypeptide also may be substituted, generally with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent aberrant crosslinking.
  • DNA encoding amino acid sequence variants of the target polypeptide is prepared by a variety of methods known in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, isolation from a natural source (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants) or preparation by oligonucleotide-mediated (or site-directed) mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and cassette mutagenesis of an earlier prepared variant or a non-variant version of the target polypeptide. A particularly preferred method of gene conversion mutagenesis is described below in Example 1. These techniques may utilized target polypeptide nucleic acid (DNA or RNA), or nucleic acid complementary to the target polypeptide nucleic acid.
  • Oligonucleotide-mediated mutagenesis is a preferred method for preparing substitution, deletion, and insertion variants of target polypeptide DNA. This technique is well known in the art as described by Adelman et al., DNA, 2: 183 (1983). Briefly, the target polypeptide DNA is altered by hybridizing an oligonucleotide encoding the desired mutation to a DNA template, where the template is the single-stranded form of a plasmid or bacteriophage containing the unaltered or native DNA sequence of the target polypeptide. After hybridization, a DNA polymerase is used to synthesize an entire second complementary strand of the template that will thus incorporate the oligonucleotide primer, and will code for the selected alteration in the target polypeptide DNA.
  • oligonucleotides of at least 25 nucleotides in length are used.
  • An optimal oligonucleotide will have 12 to 15 nucleotides that are completely complementary to the template on either side of the nucleotide(s) coding for the mutation. This ensures that the oligonucleotide will hybridize properly to the single-stranded DNA template molecule.
  • the oligonucleotides are readily synthesized using techniques known in the art such as that described by Crea et al. ( Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75: 5765 [1978]).
  • Single-stranded DNA template may also be generated by denaturing double-stranded plasmid (or other) DNA using standard techniques.
  • the oligonucleotide is hybridized to the single-stranded template under suitable hybridization conditions.
  • a DNA polymerizing enzyme usually the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase 1
  • Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase 1 is then added to synthesize the complementary strand of the template using the oligonucleotide as a primer for synthesis.
  • a heteroduplex molecule is thus formed such that one strand of DNA encodes the mutated form of the target polypeptide, and the other strand (the original template) encodes the native, unaltered sequence of the target polypeptide.
  • This heteroduplex molecule is then transformed into a suitable host cell, usually a prokaryote such as E. coli JM101.
  • the cells are grown, they are plated onto agarose plates and screened using the oligonucleotide primer radiolabeled with 32-phosphate to identify the bacterial colonies that contain the mutated DNA.
  • the mutated region is then removed and placed in an appropriate vector for protein production, generally an expression vector of the type typically employed for transformation of an appropriate host.
  • the method described immediately above may be modified such that a homoduplex molecule is created wherein both strands of the plasmid contain the mutation(s).
  • the modifications are as follows:
  • the single-stranded oligonucleotide is annealed to the single-stranded template as described above.
  • a mixture of three deoxyribonucleotides, deoxyriboadenosine (dATP), deoxyriboguanosine (dGTP), and deoxyribothymidine (dTTP) is combined with a modified thio-deoxyribocytosine called dCTP-(aS) (which can be obtained from Amersham Corporation). This mixture is added to the template-oligonucleotide complex.
  • this new strand of DNA will contain dCTP-(aS) instead of dCTP, which serves to protect it from restriction endonuclease digestion.
  • the template strand of the double-stranded heteroduplex is nicked with an appropriate restriction enzyme
  • the template strand can be digested with ExoIII nuclease or another appropriate nuclease past the region that contains the site(s) to be mutagenized.
  • the reaction is then stopped to leave a molecule that is only partially single-stranded.
  • a complete double-stranded DNA homoduplex is then formed using DNA polymerase in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates, ATP, and DNA ligase.
  • This homoduplex molecule can then be transformed into a suitable host cell such as E. coli JM101, as described above.
  • DNA encoding target polypeptide variants with more than one amino acid to be substituted may be generated in one of several ways. If the amino acids are located close together in the polypeptide chain, they may be mutated simultaneously using one oligonucleotide that codes for all of the desired amino acid substitutions. If, however, the amino acids are located some distance from each other (separated by more than about ten amino acids), it is more difficult to generate a single oligonucleotide that encodes all of the desired changes. Instead, one of two alternative methods may be employed.
  • a separate oligonucleotide is generated for each amino acid to be substituted.
  • the oligonucleotides are then annealed to the single-stranded template DNA simultaneously, and the second strand of DNA that is synthesized from the template will encode all of the desired amino acid substitutions.
  • the alternative method involves two or more rounds of mutagenesis to produce the desired mutant.
  • the first round is as described for the single mutants: wild-type DNA is used for the template, an oligonucleotide encoding the first desired amino acid substitution(s) is annealed to this template, and the heteroduplex DNA molecule is then generated.
  • the second round of mutagenesis utilizes the mutated DNA produced in the first round of mutagenesis as the template.
  • this template already contains one or more mutations.
  • the oligonucleotide encoding the additional desired amino acid substitution(s) is then annealed to this template, and the resulting strand of DNA now encodes mutations from both the first and second rounds of mutagenesis.
  • This resultant DNA can be used as a template in a third round of mutagenesis, and so on.
  • PCR mutagenesis is also suitable for making amino acid variants of target polypeptide. While the following discussion refers to DNA, it is understood that the technique also finds application with RNA.
  • the PCR technique generally refers to the following procedure (see Erlich, supra, the chapter by R. Higuchi, p. 61-70): When small amounts of template DNA are used as starting material in a PCR, primers that differ slightly in sequence from the corresponding region in a template DNA can be used to generate relatively large quantities of a specific DNA fragment that differs from the template sequence only at the positions where the primers differ from the template.
  • one of the primers is designed to overlap the position of the mutation and to contain the mutation; the sequence of the other primer must be identical to a stretch of sequence of the opposite strand of the plasmid, but this sequence can be located anywhere along the plasmid DNA. It is preferred, however, that the sequence of the second primer is located within 200 nucleotides from that of the first, such that in the end the entire amplified region of DNA bounded by the primers can be easily sequenced.
  • PCR amplification using a primer pair like the one just described results in a population of DNA fragments that differ at the position of the mutation specified by the primer, and possibly at other positions, as template copying is somewhat error-prone.
  • template plasmid DNA (1 ⁇ g) is linearized by digestion with a restriction endonuclease that has a unique recognition site in the plasmid DNA outside of the region to be amplified.
  • 100 ng is added to a PCR mixture containing PCR buffer, which contains the four deoxynucleotide tri-phosphates and is included in the GeneAmp® kits (obtained from Perkin-Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, Conn. and Emeryville, Calif.), and 25 pmole of each oligonucleotide primer, to a final volume of 50 ⁇ l.
  • the reaction mixture is overlayed with 35 ⁇ l mineral oil.
  • Thermus aquaticus (Taq) DNA polymerase (5 units/ ⁇ l, purchased from Perkin-Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, Conn. and Emeryville, Calif.) is added below the mineral oil layer.
  • the reaction mixture is then inserted into a DNA Thermal Cycler (purchased from Perkin-Elmer Cetus) programmed as follows: 2 min. at 55° C., then 30 sec. at 72° C., then 19 cycles of the following: 30 sec. at 94° C., 30 sec. at 55° C., and 30 sec. at 72° C.
  • reaction vial is removed from the thermal cycler and the aqueous phase transferred to a new vial, extracted with phenol/chloroform (50:50:vol), and ethanol precipitated, and the DNA is recovered by standard procedures. This material is subsequently subjected to the appropriate treatments for insertion into a vector.
  • the starting material is the plasmid (or other vector) comprising the target polypeptide DNA to be mutated.
  • the codon(s) in the target polypeptide DNA to be mutated are identified.
  • a double-stranded oligonucleotide encoding the sequence of the DNA between the restriction sites but containing the desired mutation(s) is synthesized using standard procedures. The two strands are synthesized separately and then hybridized together using standard techniques.
  • This double-stranded oligonucleotide is referred to as the cassette.
  • This cassette is designed to have 3′ and 5′ ends that are compatible with the ends of the linearized plasmid, such that it can be directly ligated to the plasmid.
  • This plasmid now contains the mutated target polypeptide DNA sequence.
  • the cDNA or genomic DNA encoding the target polypeptide is inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
  • a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression.
  • Many vectors are available, and selection of the appropriate vector will depend on 1) whether it is to be used for DNA amplification or for DNA expression, 2) the size of the DNA to be inserted into the vector, and 3) the host cell to be transformed with the vector.
  • Each vector contains various components depending on its function (amplification of DNA or expression of DNA) and the host cell for which it is compatible.
  • the vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence.
  • the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the target polypeptide DNA that is inserted into the vector.
  • the target polypeptides of this invention may be expressed not only directly, but also as a fusion with a heterologous polypeptide, preferably a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide.
  • the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the target polypeptide DNA that is inserted into the vector. Included within the scope of this invention are target polypeptides with any native signal sequence deleted and replaced with a heterologous signal sequence.
  • the heterologous signal sequence selected should be one that is recognized and processed (i.e. cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell.
  • the signal sequence is substituted by a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, Ipp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
  • a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, Ipp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders.
  • yeast secretion the native target polypeptide signal sequence may be substituted by the yeast invertase, alpha factor, or acid phosphatase leaders.
  • the native signal sequence is satisfactory, although other mammalian signal sequences may be suitable.
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells.
  • this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences.
  • origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses.
  • the origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2 ⁇ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells.
  • the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used only because it contains the early promoter).
  • Most expression vectors are “shuttle” vectors, i.e. they are capable of replication in at least one class of organisms but can be transfected into another organism for expression.
  • a vector is cloned in E. coli and then the same vector is transfected into yeast or mammalian cells for expression even though it is not capable of replicating independently of the host cell chromosome.
  • DNA may also be amplified by insertion into the host genome. This is readily accomplished using Bacillus species as hosts, for example, by including in the vector a DNA sequence that is complementary to a sequence found in Bacillus genomic DNA. Transfection of Bacillus with this vector results in homologous recombination with the genome and insertion of the target polypeptide DNA. However, the recovery of genomic DNA encoding the target polypeptide is more complex than that of an exogenously replicated vector because restriction enzyme digestion is required to excise the target polypeptide DNA.
  • Selection genes should contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not survive in the culture medium.
  • Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g. ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g. the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene express a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin (Southern et al., J. Molec. App. Genet., 1: 327 [1982]), mycophenolic acid (Mulligan et al., Science, 209: 1422 [1980]) or hygromycin (Sugden et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5: 410-413 [1985]).
  • the three examples given above employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid), or hygromycin, respectively.
  • suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the target polypeptide nucleic acid, such as dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) or thymidine kinase.
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • the mammalian cell transformants are placed under selection pressure which only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of having taken up the marker. Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformants under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively changed, thereby leading to amplification of both the selection gene and the DNA that encodes the target polypeptide.
  • Amplification is the process by which genes in greater demand for the production of a protein critical for growth are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells. Increased quantities of the target polypeptide are synthesized from the amplified DNA.
  • cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene are first identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR.
  • Mtx methotrexate
  • An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4216 [1980].
  • the transformed cells are then exposed to increased levels of methotrexate. This leads to the synthesis of multiple copies of the DHFR gene, and, concomitantly, multiple copies of other DNA comprising the expression vectors, such as the DNA encoding the target polypeptide.
  • This amplification technique can be used with any otherwise suitable host, e.g., ATCC No. CCL61 CHO-K1, notwithstanding the presence of endogenous DHFR if, for example, a mutant DHFR gene that is highly resistant to Mtx is employed (EP 117,060).
  • host cells transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding the target polypeptide, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3′ phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199.
  • APH aminoglycoside 3′ phosphotransferase
  • a suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 (Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282: 39 [1979]; Kingsman et al., Gene, 7: 141 [1979]; or Tschemper et al., Gene, 10: 157 [1980]).
  • the trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 (Jones, Genetics, 85: 12 [1977]).
  • the presence of the trp1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan.
  • Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
  • Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the target polypeptide nucleic acid. Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5′) to the start codon of a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of a particular nucleic acid sequence, such as that encoding the target polypeptide, to which they are operably linked. Such promoters typically fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive. Inducible promoters are promoters that initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, e.g. the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature.
  • promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. These promoters are operably linked to DNA encoding the target polypeptide by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector. Both the native target polypeptide promoter sequence and many heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the target polypeptide DNA. However, heterologous promoters are preferred, as they generally permit greater transcription and higher yields of expressed target polypeptide as compared to the native target polypeptide promoter.
  • Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the ⁇ -lactamase and lactose promoter systems (Chang et al., Nature, 275: 615 [1978]; and Goeddel et al., Nature, 281: 544 [1979]), alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system (Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8: 4057 [1980] and EP 36,776) and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter (deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80: 21-25 [1983]).
  • trp tryptophan
  • hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter (deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80: 21-25 [1983]).
  • other known bacterial promoters are suitable.
  • Suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255: 2073 [1980]) or other glycolytic enzymes (Hess et al., J. Adv.
  • enolase such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphogluco
  • yeast promoters which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization.
  • Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in Hitzeman et al., EP 73,657A.
  • Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
  • Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CXCAAT region where X may be any nucleotide. At the 3′ end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3′ end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into mammalian expression vectors.
  • Target polypeptide transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, and from the promoter normally associated with the target polypeptide sequence, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcom
  • the early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication. Fiers et al., Nature, 273:113 (1978); Mulligan and Berg, Science, 209: 1422-1427 (1980); Pavlakis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78: 7398-7402 (1981).
  • the immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment. Greenaway et al., Gene, 18: 355-360 (1982).
  • a system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10-300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent having been found 5′ (Laimins et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78: 993 [1981]) and 3′ (Lusky et al., Mol.
  • Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv, Nature, 297: 17-18 (1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters.
  • the enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the target polypeptide DNA, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′ untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding the target polypeptide. The 3′ untranslated regions also include transcription termination sites.
  • the ligation mixtures are used to transform E. coli K12 strain 294 (ATCC 31,446) and successful transformants selected by ampicillin or tetracycline resistance where appropriate. Plasmids from the transformants are prepared, analyzed by restriction endonuclease digestion, and/or sequenced by the method of Messing et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 9: 309 (1981) or by the method of Maxam et al., Methods in Enzymology, 65: 499 (1980).
  • transient expression involves the use of an expression vector that is able to replicate efficiently in a host cell, such that the host cell accumulates many copies of the expression vector and, in turn, synthesizes high levels of a desired polypeptide encoded by the expression vector.
  • Transient expression systems comprising a suitable expression vector and a host cell, allow for the convenient positive identification of polypeptides encoded by cloned DNAs, as well as for the rapid screening of such polypeptides for desired biological or physiological properties.
  • transient expression systems are particularly useful in the invention for purposes of identifying analogs and variants of the target polypeptide that have target polypeptide-like activity.
  • a particularly useful plasmid for mammalian cell culture expression of the target polypeptide is pRK5 (EP pub. no. 307,247) or pSVI6B.
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above.
  • Suitable prokaryotes include eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, E. coli, Bacilli such as B. subtilis, Pseudomonas species such as P. aeruginosa, Salmonella typhimurium, or Serratia marcescans .
  • E. coli cloning host is E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), although other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537), and E. coli W3110 (ATCC 27,325) are suitable.
  • the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes.
  • in vitro methods of cloning e.g. PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.
  • eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable hosts for target polypeptide-encoding vectors.
  • Saccharomyces cerevisiae or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms.
  • Schizosaccharomyces pombe or common baker's yeast
  • a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe [Beach and Nurse, Nature, 290: 140 (1981); EP 139,383 published May 2, 1985 ]
  • Kluyveromyces hosts U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,529
  • K. lactis [Louvencourt et al., J.
  • filamentous fungi such as, e.g, Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium [WO 91/00357 published 10 Jan. 1991], and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans [Ballance et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 112: 284-289 (1983); Tilburn et al., Gene, 26: 205-221 (1983); Yelton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81: 1470-1474 (1984)] and A. niger [Kelly and Hynes, EMBO J., 4: 475-479 (1985)].
  • filamentous fungi such as, e.g, Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium [WO 91/00357 published 10 Jan. 1991]
  • Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans [Ballance et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated target polypeptide are derived from multicellular organisms. Such host cells are capable of complex processing and glycosylation activities. In principle, any higher eukaryotic cell culture is workable, whether from vertebrate or invertebrate culture. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori host cells have been identified.
  • a variety of such viral strains are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, and such viruses may be used as the virus herein according to the present invention, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can be utilized as hosts.
  • plant cells are transfected by incubation with certain strains of the bacterium Agrobacterium tumefaciens , which has been previously manipulated to contain the target polypeptide DNA.
  • Agrobacterium tumefaciens the DNA encoding target polypeptide is transferred to the plant cell host such that it is transfected, and will, under appropriate conditions, express the target polypeptide DNA.
  • regulatory and signal sequences compatible with plant cells are available, such as the nopaline synthase promoter and polyadenylation signal sequences. Depicker et al., J. Mol. Appl.
  • DNA segments isolated from the upstream region of the T-DNA 780 gene are capable of activating or increasing transcription levels of plant-expressible genes in recombinant DNA-containing plant tissue. See EP 321,196 published 21 Jun. 1989.
  • mice sertoli cells TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod., 23: 243-251 [1980]
  • monkey kidney cells CV1 ATCC CCL 70
  • African green monkey kidney cells VOD-76, ATCC CRL-1587
  • human cervical carcinoma cells HELA, ATCC CCL 2
  • canine kidney cells MDCK, ATCC CCL 34
  • buffalo rat liver cells BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442
  • human lung cells W138, ATCC CCL 75
  • human liver cells Hep G2, HB 8065
  • mouse mammary tumor MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51
  • TRI cells mouse mammary tumor
  • MRC 5 cells FS4 cells
  • a human hepatoma cell line Hep G2
  • Preferred host cells are human embryonic kidney 293 and Chinese hamster ovary cells.
  • Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors of this invention and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaPO 4 and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell.
  • Transformation means introducing DNA into an organism so that the DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate to such cells.
  • the calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in section 1.82 of Sambrook et al., supra, is generally used for prokaryotes or other cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers.
  • Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al., Gene, 23: 315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 Jun. 1989.
  • Prokaryotic cells used to produce the target polypeptide of this invention are cultured in suitable media as described generally in Sambrook et al., supra.
  • the mammalian host cells used to produce the target polypeptide of this invention may be cultured in a variety of media.
  • Commercially available media such as Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ([MEM], Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium ([DMEM], Sigma) are suitable for culturing the host cells.
  • the host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in in vitro culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.
  • the target polypeptides of this invention may be produced by homologous recombination, or with recombinant production methods utilizing control elements introduced into cells already containing DNA encoding the target polypeptide currently in use in the field.
  • control elements introduced into cells already containing DNA encoding the target polypeptide currently in use in the field.
  • a powerful promoter/enhancer element, a suppressor, or an exogenous transcription modulatory element is inserted in the genome of the intended host cell in proximity and orientation sufficient to influence the transcription of DNA encoding the desired target polypeptide.
  • the control element does not encode the target polypeptide of this invention, but the DNA is present in the host cell genome.
  • Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA (Thomas, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 5201-5205 [1980]), dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein.
  • Various labels may be employed, most commonly radioisotopes, particularly 32 P.
  • other techniques may also be employed, such as using biotin-modified nucleotides for introduction into a polynucleotide.
  • the biotin then serves as the site for binding to avidin or antibodies, which may be labeled with a wide variety of labels, such as radionuclides, fluorescers, enzymes, or the like.
  • antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes.
  • the antibodies in turn may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
  • Gene expression may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product.
  • immunohistochemical staining techniques a cell sample is prepared, typically by dehydration and fixation, followed by reaction with labeled antibodies specific for the gene product coupled, where the labels are usually visually detectable, such as enzymatic labels, fluorescent labels, luminescent labels, and the like.
  • a particularly sensitive staining technique suitable for use in the present invention is described by Hsu et al., Am. J. Clin. Path., 75: 734-738 (1980).
  • Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared in any mammal. Conveniently, the antibodies may be prepared against a native target polypeptide or against a synthetic peptide based on the DNA sequences provided herein as described further in Section 4 below.
  • the target polypeptide preferably is recovered from the culture medium as a secreted polypeptide, although it also may be recovered from host cell lysates when directly expressed without a secretory signal.
  • the target polypeptide When the target polypeptide is expressed in a recombinant cell other than one of human origin, the target polypeptide is completely free of proteins or polypeptides of human origin. However, it is necessary to purify the target polypeptide from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides to obtain preparations that are substantially homogeneous as to the target polypeptide.
  • the culture medium or lysate is centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris. The membrane and soluble protein fractions are then separated. The target polypeptide may then be purified from the soluble protein fraction and from the membrane fraction of the culture lysate, depending on whether the target polypeptide is membrane bound.
  • the following procedures are exemplary of suitable purification procedures: fractionation on immunoaffinity or ion-exchange columns; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a cation exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG.
  • Target polypeptide variants in which residues have been deleted, inserted or substituted are recovered in the same fashion, taking account of any substantial changes in properties occasioned by the variation.
  • preparation of a target polypeptide fusion with another protein or polypeptide e.g. a bacterial or viral antigen
  • an immunoaffinity column containing antibody to the antigen (or containing antigen, where the target polypeptide is an antibody) can be used to adsorb the fusion.
  • Immunoaffinity columns such as a rabbit polyclonal anti-target polypeptide column can be employed to absorb the target polypeptide variant by binding it to at least one remaining immune epitope.
  • a protease inhibitor such as phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) also may be useful to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification, and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.
  • PMSF phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride
  • purification methods suitable for native target polypeptide may require modification to account for changes in the character of the target polypeptide or its variants upon expression in recombinant cell culture.
  • Target polypeptides Covalent modifications of target polypeptides are included within the scope of this invention.
  • One type of covalent modification included within the scope of this invention is a target polypeptide fragment.
  • Target polypeptide fragments having up to about 40 amino acid residues may be conveniently prepared by chemical synthesis, or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of the full-length target polypeptide or variant target polypeptide.
  • Other types of covalent modifications of the target polypeptide or fragments thereof are introduced into the molecule by reacting specific amino acid residues of the target polypeptide or fragments thereof with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N— or C-terminal residues.
  • Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with ⁇ -haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, ⁇ -bromo- ⁇ -(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N-alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p-chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole.
  • Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH 5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain.
  • Para-bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is preferably performed in 0.1M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0.
  • Lysinyl and amino terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues.
  • Other suitable reagents for derivatizing ⁇ -amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate; pyridoxal phosphate; pyridoxal; chloroborohydride; trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid; O-methylisourea; 2,4-pentanedione; and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high PK a of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.
  • tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane.
  • aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively.
  • Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 125 I or 131 I to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay, the chloramine T method described above being suitable.
  • Carboxyl side groups are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R′—N ⁇ C ⁇ N—R′), where R and R′ are different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide.
  • R′ alkyl groups
  • Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking target polypeptide to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in the method for purifying anti-target polypeptide antibodies, and vice versa.
  • Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane.
  • Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light.
  • reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described-in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the target polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide.
  • altering is meant deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in the native target polypeptide, and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native target polypeptide.
  • N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
  • the tri-peptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
  • O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the target polypeptide is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tri-peptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the alteration may also be made by, the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native target polypeptide sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the target polypeptide amino acid sequence is preferably altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the target polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids.
  • the DNA mutation(s) may be made using methods described above under the heading of “Amino Acid Sequence Variants of Target Polypeptide”.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the target polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the polypeptide in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N— and O-linked glycosylation.
  • the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine.
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the native target polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically.
  • Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the polypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact.
  • Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin et al ( Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 [1987]) and by Edge et al. ( Anal. Biochem., 118:131 [1981]).
  • Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al. ( Meth. Enzymol., 138:350 [1987]).
  • Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al. ( J. Biol. Chem., 257:3105 [1982]). Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the target polypeptide comprises linking the target polypeptide to various nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • nonproteinaceous polymers e.g. polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polyoxyalkylenes
  • the target polypeptide also may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-[methylmethacylate] microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • Target polypeptide preparations are also useful in generating antibodies, for screening for binding partners, as standards in assays for the target polypeptide (e.g. by labeling the target polypeptide for use as a standard in a radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunoassay, or radioreceptor assay), in affinity purification techniques, and in competitive-type receptor binding assays when labeled with radioiodine, enzymes, fluorophores, spin labels, and the like.
  • a change in the immunological character of the target polypeptide molecule is measured by a competitive-type immunoassay.
  • the variant is assayed for changes in the suppression or enhancement of its activity by comparison to the activity observed for the target polypeptide in the same assay.
  • Other potential modifications of protein or polypeptide properties such as redox or thermal stability, hydrophobicity, susceptibility to proteolytic degradation, stability in recombinant cell culture or in plasma, or the tendency to aggregate with carriers or into multimers are assayed by methods well known in the art.
  • the antibodies of this invention are useful in diagnostic assays for antigen expression in specific cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies are detectably labeled and/or are immobilized on an insoluble matrix.
  • the antibodies of this invention find further use for the affinity purification of the antigen from recombinant cell culture or natural sources.
  • Suitable diagnostic assays for the antigen and its antibodies depend on the particular antigen or antibody. Generally, such assays include competitive and sandwich assays, and steric inhibition assays.
  • Competitive and sandwich methods employ a phase-separation step as an integral part of the method while steric inhibition assays are conducted in a single reaction mixture. Fundamentally, the same procedures are used for the assay of the antigen and for substances that bind the antigen, although certain methods will be favored depending upon the molecular weight of the substance being assayed.
  • Analytical methods for the antigen or its antibodies all use one or more of the following reagents: labeled analyte analogue, immobilized analyte analogue, labeled binding partner, immobilized binding partner and steric conjugates.
  • the labeled reagents also are known as “tracers.”
  • the label used (and this is also useful to label antigen nucleic acid for use as a probe) is any detectable functionality that does not interfere with the binding of analyte and its binding partner.
  • Numerous labels are known for use in immunoassay, examples including moieties that may be detected directly, such as fluorochrome, chemiluminescent, and radioactive labels, as well as moieties, such as enzymes, that must be reacted or derivatized to be detected.
  • radioisotopes 32 P, 14 C, 125 I, 3 H, and 131 I examples include the radioisotopes 32 P, 14 C, 125 I, 3 H, and 131 I, fluorophores such as rare earth chelates or fluorescein and its derivatives, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, umbelliferone, luceriferases, e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase (U.S. Pat. No.
  • luciferin 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones
  • horseradish peroxidase HRP
  • alkaline phosphatase alkaline phosphatase
  • ⁇ -galactosidase glucoamylase
  • lysozyme saccharide oxidases, e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase
  • heterocyclic oxidases such as uricase and xanthine oxidase, coupled with an enzyme that employs hydrogen peroxide to oxidize a dye precursor such as HRP, lactoperoxidase, or microperoxidase, biotin/avidin, spin labels, bacteriophage labels, stable free radicals, and the like.
  • coupling agents such as dialdehydes, carbodiimides, dimaleimides, bis-imidates, bis-diazotized benzidine, and the like may be used to tag the antibodies with the above-described fluorescent, chemiluminescent, and enzyme labels. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,940,475 (fluorimetry) and U.S. Pat. No. 3,645,090 (enzymes); Hunter et a., Nature, 144: 945 (1962); David et al., Biochemistry, 13: 1014-1021 (1974); Pain et al, J. Immunol.
  • Preferred labels herein are enzymes such as horseradish peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
  • Immobilization of reagents is required for certain assay methods. Immobilization entails separating the binding partner from any analyte that remains free in solution. This conventionally is accomplished by either insolubilizing the binding partner or analyte analogue before the assay procedure, as by adsorption to a water-insoluble matrix or surface (Bennich et at., U.S. Pat. No. 3,720,760), by covalent coupling (for example, using glutaraldehyde cross-linking), or by insolubilizing the partner or analogue afterward, e.g., by immunoprecipitation.
  • ком ⁇ онент rely on the ability of a tracer analogue to compete with the test sample analyte for a limited number of binding sites on a common binding partner.
  • the binding partner generally is insolubilized before or after the competition and then the tracer and analyte bound to the binding partner are separated from the unbound tracer and analyte. This separation is accomplished by decanting (where the binding partner was preinsolubilized) or by centrifuging (where the binding partner was precipitated after the competitive reaction).
  • the amount of test sample analyte is inversely proportional to the amount of bound tracer as measured by the amount of marker substance.
  • Dose-response curves with known amounts of analyte are prepared and compared with the test results to quantitatively determine the amount of analyte present in the test sample. These assays are called ELISA systems when enzymes are used as the detectable markers.
  • a conjugate of an enzyme with the analyte is prepared and used such that when anti-analyte binds to the analyte the presence of the anti-analyte modifies the enzyme activity.
  • the antigen or its immunologically active fragments are conjugated with a bifunctional organic bridge to an enzyme such as peroxidase. Conjugates are selected for use with antibody so that binding of the antibody inhibits or potentiates the enzyme activity of the label. This method per se is widely practiced under the name of EMIT.
  • Steric conjugates are used in steric hindrance methods for homogeneous assay. These conjugates are synthesized by covalently linking a low-molecular-weight hapten to a small analyte so that antibody to hapten substantially is unable to bind the conjugate at the same time as anti-analyte. Under this assay procedure the analyte present in the test sample will bind anti-analyte, thereby allowing anti-hapten to bind the conjugate, resulting in a change in the character of the conjugate hapten, e.g., a change in fluorescence when the hapten is a fluorophore.
  • Sandwich assays particularly are useful for the determination of antigen or antibodies.
  • an immobilized binding partner is used to adsorb test sample analyte, the test sample is removed as by washing, the bound analyte is used to adsorb labeled binding partner, and bound material is then separated from residual tracer. The amount of bound tracer is directly proportional to test sample analyte.
  • sandwich assays the test sample is not separated before adding the labeled binding partner.
  • a sequential sandwich assay using an anti-antigen monoclonal antibody as one antibody and a polyclonal anti-antigen antibody as the other is useful in testing samples for particular antigen activity.
  • This invention is also directed to immunochemical derivatives of the antibodies of this invention such as immunotoxins (conjugates of the antibody and a cytotoxic moiety).
  • immunotoxins conjugates of the antibody and a cytotoxic moiety.
  • Antibodies which carry the appropriate effector functions, such as with their constant domains, are also used to induce lysis through the natural complement process, and to interact with antibody dependent cytotoxic cells normally present.
  • purified, sterile filtered antibodies are optionally conjugated to a cytotoxin such as ricin for use in AIDS therapy.
  • a cytotoxin such as ricin
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 07/350,895 illustrates methods for making and using immunotoxins for the treatment of HIV infection.
  • the methods of this invention are suitable for obtaining humanized antibodies for use as immunotoxins for use in AIDS therapy.
  • the cytotoxic moiety of the immunotoxin may be a cytotoxic drug or an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, or an enzymatically active fragment of such a toxin.
  • Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof used are diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa ), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the tricothecenes.
  • the antibodies are conjugated to small molecule anticancer drugs such as cis-platin or 5FU.
  • Conjugates of the monoclonal antibody and such cytotoxic moieties are made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents.
  • bifunctional protein coupling agents include SPDP, IT , bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl, active esters such as disuccinimidyl suberate, aldehydes such as glutaraldehyde, bis-azido compounds such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine, bis-diazonium derivatives such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)—ethylenediamine, diisocyanates such as tolylene 2,6-diisocyanate and bis-active fluorine compounds such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene.
  • the lysing portion of a toxin may be joined
  • monoclonal antibodies specifically binding the domain of the antigen which is exposed on the infected cell surface are conjugated to ricin A chain.
  • the ricin A chain is deglycosylated and produced through recombinant means.
  • An advantageous method of making the ricin immunotoxin is described in Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987).
  • the conjugates When used to kill infected human cells in vitro for diagnostic purposes, the conjugates will typically be added to the cell culture medium at a concentration of at least about 10 nM.
  • the formulation and mode of administration for in vitro use are not critical. Aqueous formulations that are compatible with the culture or perfusion medium will normally be used. Cytotoxicity may be read by conventional techniques.
  • Cytotoxic radiopharmaceuticals for treating infected cells may be made by conjugating radioactive isotopes (e.g. I, Y, Pr) to the antibodies.
  • radioactive isotopes e.g. I, Y, Pr
  • Advantageously alpha particle-emitting isotopes are used.
  • cytotoxic moiety as used herein is intended to include such isotopes.
  • ricin A chain is deglycosylated or produced without oligosaccharides, to decrease its clearance by irrelevant clearance mechanisms (e.g., the liver).
  • whole ricin (A chain plus B chain) is conjugated to antibody if the galactose binding property of B-chain can be blocked (“blocked ricin”).
  • toxin-conjugates are made with Fab or F(ab′) 2 fragments. Because of their relatively small size these fragments can better penetrate tissue to reach infected cells.
  • fusogenic liposomes are filled with a cytotoxic drug and the liposomes are coated with antibodies specifically binding the particular antigen.
  • antibodies which are (a) directed against a particular antigen and (b) belong to a subclass or isotype that is capable of mediating the lysis of cells to which the antibody molecule binds. More specifically, these antibodies should belong to a subclass or isotype that, upon complexing with cell surface proteins, activates serum complement and/or mediates antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) by activating effector cells such as natural killer cells or macrophages.
  • ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • Biological activity of antibodies is known to be determined, to a large extent, by the constant domains or Fc region of the antibody molecule (Uananue and Benacerraf, Textbook of Immunology, 2nd Edition, Williams & Wilkins, p. 218 (1984)). This includes their ability to activate complement and to mediate antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) as effected by leukocytes.
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • Antibodies of different classes and subclasses differ in this respect, as do antibodies from the same subclass but different species; according to the present invention, antibodies of those classes having the desired biological activity are prepared. Preparation of these antibodies involves the selection of antibody constant domains are their incorporation in the humanized antibody by known technique.
  • mouse immunoglobulins of the IgG3 and IgG2a class are capable of activating serum complement upon binding to the target cells which express the cognate antigen, and therefore humanized antibodies which incorporate IgG3 and IgG2a effector functions are desirable for certain therapeutic applications.
  • mouse antibodies of the IgG2a and IgG3 subclass and occasionally IgG1 can mediate ADCC
  • antibodies of the IgG3, IgG2a, and IgM subclasses bind and activate serum complement.
  • Complement activation generally requires the binding of at least two IgG molecules in close proximity on the target cell. However, the binding of only one IgM molecule activates serum complement.
  • any particular antibody to mediate lysis of the target cell by complement activation and/or ADCC can be assayed.
  • the cells of interest are grown and labeled in vitro; the antibody is added to the cell culture in combination with either serum complement or immune cells which may be activated by the antigen antibody complexes. Cytolysis of the target cells is detected by the release of label from the lysed cells.
  • antibodies can be screened using the patient's own serum as a source of complement and/or immune cells. The antibody that is capable of activating complement or mediating ADCC in the in vitro test can then be used therapeutically in that particular patient.
  • This invention specifically encompasses consensus Fc antibody domains prepared and used according to the teachings of this invention.
  • the antibodies of the subject invention are administered to the patient in therapeutically effective amounts (i.e. amounts that have desired therapeutic effect). They will normally be administered parenterally.
  • the dose and dosage regimen will depend upon the degree of the infection, the characteristics of the particular antibody or immunotoxin used, e.g., its therapeutic index, the patient, and the patient's history.
  • the antibody or immunotoxin is administered continuously over a period of 1-2 weeks, intravenously to treat cells in the vasculature and subcutaneously and intraperitoneally to treat regional lymph nodes.
  • the administration is made during the course of adjunct therapy such as combined cycles of radiation, chemotherapeutic treatment, or administration of tumor necrosis factor, interferon or other cytoprotective or immunomodulatory agent.
  • the antibodies will be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, emulsion) in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle Such vehicles are inherently nontoxic, and non-therapeutic. Examples of such vehicles are water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate can also be used. Liposomes may be used as carriers.
  • the vehicle may contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability, e.g., buffers and preservatives.
  • the antibodies will typically be formulated in such vehicles at concentrations of about 1 mg/ml to 10 mg/ml.
  • IgM antibodies may be preferred for certain applications, however IgG molecules by being smaller may be more able than IgM molecules to localize to certain types of infected cells.
  • the antibodies of this invention are useful in passively immunizing patients, as exemplified by the administration of humanized anti-HIV antibodies.
  • the antibody compositions used in therapy are formulated and dosages established in a fashion consistent with good medical practice taking into account the disorder to be treated, the condition of the individual patient, the site of delivery of the composition, the method of administration-and other factors known to practitioners.
  • the antibody compositions are prepared for administration according to the description of preparation of polypeptides for administration, infra.
  • muMAb4D5 muMAb4D5
  • V H heavy chain variable region genes
  • V L light chain variable region genes
  • Eight humanized variants (huMAb4D5) were constructed to probe the importance of several FR residues identified by our molecular modeling or previously proposed to be critical to the conformation of particular CDRs (see Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia, C. et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989); Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol.
  • muMAb4D5 V H and V L genes were isolated by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification of mRNA from the corresponding hybridoma (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550-1558 (1990)) as described by Orlandi et al. (Orlandi, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837 (1989)). Amino terminal sequencing of muMAb4D5 V L and V H was used to design the sense strand PCR primers, whereas the anti-sense PCR primers were based upon consensus sequences of murine framework residues (Orlandi, R.
  • V H -CDR3 could not be assigned a definite backbone conformation from these criteria, two models were created from a search of similar sized loops using the INSIGHT program. A third model was derived using packing and solvent exposure considerations. Each model was then subjected to 5000 cycles of energy minimization.
  • huMAb4D5 consensus human sequences were first derived from the most abundant subclasses in the sequence compilation of Kabat et al. (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)), namely V L K subgroup I and V H group III, and a molecular model generated for these sequences using the methods described above.
  • a structure for huMAb4D5 was created by transferring the CDRs from the muMAb4D5 model into the consensus human structure. All huMAb4D5 variants contain human replacements of muMAb4D5 residues at three positions within CDRs as defined by sequence variability (Kabat, E.
  • the ⁇ 1 isotype was chosen as it has been found to be the preferred human isotype for supporting ADCC and complement dependent cytotoxicity using matched sets of chimeric (Brüggemann, M.
  • oligonucleotides are 28 to 83 nucleotides in length, contain zero to 19 mismatches to the murine antibody template and are constrained to have 8 or 9 perfectly matched residues at each end to promote efficient annealing and ligation of adjacent oligonucleotides.
  • the sets of V H and V L humanization oligonucleotides (5 pmol each) were phosphorylated with either ATP or y-32P-ATP (Carter, P. Methods Enzymol.
  • oligonucleotides were joined by incubation with T4 DNA ligase (12 units; New England Biolabs) in the presence of 2 ⁇ l 5 mM ATP and 2 ⁇ l 0.1 M DTT for 10 min at 14° C. After electrophoresis on a 6% acrylamide sequencing gel the assembled oligonucleotides were located by autoradiography and recovered by electroelution.
  • oligonucleotides ( ⁇ 0.3 pmol each) were simultaneously annealed to 0.15 pmol single-stranded deoxyuridine-containing pAK1 prepared according to Kunkel et al. (Kunkel, T. A. et al, Methods Enzymol. 154:367-382 (1987)) in 10 ⁇ l 40 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) and 16 mM MgCl 2 as above.
  • Heteroduplex DNA was constructed by extending the primers with T7 DNA polymerase and transformed into E. coli BMH 71-18 mutL as previously described (Carter, P., in Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach, Chapter 1 (IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1991)).
  • the resultant phagemid DNA pool was enriched first for huV L by restriction purification using XhoI and then for huV H by restriction selection using StuI as described in Carter, P., in Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach, Chapter 1 (IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1991); and in Wells, J. A. et al., Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. A 317:415-423 (1986).
  • Resultant clones containing both huV L and huV H genes were identified by nucleotide sequencing (Sanger, F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:5463-5467 (1977)) and designated pAK2.
  • MAb4D5 light and heavy chain cDNA expression vectors were co-transfected into an adenovirus transformed human embryonic kidney cell line, 293 (Graham, F. L. et al., J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72 (1977)) using a high efficiency procedure (Gorman, C. M. et al., DNA & Prot. Engin. Tech. 2:3-10 (1990); Gorman, C., in DNA Cloning, vol II, pp 143-190 (D. M. Glover, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1985)). Media were harvested daily for up to 5 days and the cells re-fed with serum free media.
  • Antibodies were recovered from the media and affinity purified on protein A sepharose CL-4B (Pharmacia) as described by the manufacturer.
  • the eluted antibody was buffer-exchanged into phosphate-buffered saline by G25 gel filtration, concentrated by ultrafiltration (Centriprep-30 or Centricon-100, Amicon), sterile-filtered (Millex-GV, Millipore) and stored at 4° C.
  • the concentration of antibody was determined by using both total immunoglobulin and antigen binding ELISAs.
  • the standard used was huMAb4D5-5, whose concentration had been determined by amino acid composition analysis.
  • the antigen binding affinity of MAb4D5 variants was determined using a secreted form of the p185 HER2 ECD prepared as described in Fendly, B. M. et al., J. Biol. Resp. Mod. 9:449-455 (1990). Briefly, antibody and p185 HER2 ECD were incubated in solution until equilibrium was found to be reached. The concentration of free antibody was then determined by ELISA using immobilized p185 HER2 ECD and used to calculate affinity (K d ) according to Friguet et al. (Friguet, B. et al., J. Immunol. Methods 77:305-319 (1985)).
  • muMAb4D5 V L and V H gene segments were first cloned by PCR and sequenced ( FIG. 1 ). The variable genes were then simultaneously humanized by gene conversion mutagenesis using preassembled oligonucleotides ( FIG. 2 ). A 311-mer oligonucleotide containing 39 mismatches to the template directed 24 simultaneous amino acid changes required to humanize muMAb4D5 V L . Humanization of muMAb4D5 V H required 32 amino acid changes which were installed with a 361-mer containing 59 mismatches to the muMAb4D5 template.
  • Expression levels of huMAb4D5 variants were in the range of 7 to 15 ⁇ g/ml as judged by ELISA using immobilized p185 HER2 ECD. Successive harvests of five 10 cm plates allowed 200 ⁇ g to 500 mg of each variant to be produced in a week.
  • Antibodies affinity purified on protein A gave a single band on a Coomassie blue stained SDS polyacrylamide gel of mobility consistent with the expected M r of 150 kDa. Electrophoresis under reducing conditions gave 2 bands consistent with the expected M r of free heavy (48 kDa) and light (23 kDa) chains (not shown). Amino terminal sequence analysis (10-cycles) gave the mixed sequence expected (see FIG. 1 ) from an equimolar combination of light and heavy chains (not shown).
  • huMAb4D5 Variants In general, the FR residues were chosen from consensus human sequences (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) and CDR residues from muMAb4D5. Additional variants were constructed by replacing selected human residues in huMAb4D5-1 with their muMAb4D5 counterparts. These are V H residues 71, 73, 78, 93 plus 102 and V L residues 55 plus 66 identified by our molecular modeling. V H residue 71 has previously been proposed by others (Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol.
  • huMAb4D5-8 contains 5 FR residues from muMAb4D5. This antibody binds the p185 HER2 ECD 3-fold more tightly than does muMAb4D5 itself (Table 3) and has comparable anti-proliferative activity with SK-BR-3 cells ( FIG. 3 ).
  • huMAb4D5-1 is the most humanized but least potent muMAb4D5 variant, created by simply installing the muMAb4D5 CDRs into the consensus human sequences.
  • huMAb4D5-1 binds the p185 HER2 ECD 80-fold less tightly than does the murine antibody and has no detectable anti-proliferative activity at the highest antibody concentration investigated (16 ⁇ g/ml).
  • huMAb4D5 variants against p185 HER2 overexpressing SK-BR-3 cells are not simply correlated with their binding affinity for the p185 HER2 ECD.
  • installation of three murine residues into the V H domain of huMAb4D5-2 (D73T, L78A and A93S) to create huMAb4D5-3 does not change the antigen binding affinity but does confer significant anti-proliferative activity (Table 3).
  • V H residue 71 (Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:175-182 (1990)) is supported by the observed 5-fold increase in affinity for p185 HER2 ECD on replacement of R71 in huMAb4D5-1 with the corresponding murine residue, alanine (huMAb4D5-2).
  • V L residue 66 is usually a glycine in human and murine K chain sequences (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) but an arginine occupies this position in the muMAb4D5 k light chain.
  • the side chain of residue 66 is likely to affect the conformation of V L -CDR1 and V L -CDR2 and the hairpin turn at 68-69 ( FIG. 4 ).
  • the mutation V L G66R (huMAb4D5-3 ⁇ huMAb4D5-5) increases the affinity for the p185 HER2 ECD by 4-fold with a concomitant increase in anti-proliferative activity.
  • V L E55Y huMAb4D5-6
  • V H V102Y huMAb4D5-7
  • MuMAb4D5 inhibits the growth of human breast tumor cells which overexpress p185 HER2 (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9:1165-1172 (1989)).
  • Table 4 compares the ADCC mediated by huMAb4D5-8 with muMAb4D5 on a normal lung epithelial cell line, WI-38, which expresses a low level of p185 HER2 and on SK-BR-3, which expresses a high level of p185 HER2 .
  • the results demonstrate that: (1) huMAb4D5 has a greatly enhanced ability to carry out ADCC as compared with its murine parent; and (2) that this activity may be selective for cell types which overexpress p185 HER2 .
  • MuMAb4D5 is potentially useful for human therapy since it is cytostatic towards human breast and ovarian tumor lines overexpressing the HER2-encoded p185 HER2 receptor-like tyrosine kinase. Since both breast and ovarian carcinomas are chronic diseases it is anticipated that the optimal MAb4D5 variant molecule for therapy will have low immunogenicity and will be cytotoxic rather than solely cytostatic in effect. Humanization of muMAb4D5 should accomplish these goals.
  • huMAb4D5-8 but not muMAb4D5 mediates ADCC against human tumor cell lines overexpressing p185 HER2 in the presence of human effector cells (Table 4) as anticipated for a human ⁇ 1 isotype (Brüggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987); Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988)).
  • huMAb4D5 Rapid humanization of huMAb4D5 was facilitated by the gene conversion mutagenesis strategy developed here using long preassembled oligonucleotides. This method requires less than half the amount of synthetic DNA as does total gene synthesis and does not require convenient restriction sites in the target DNA. Our method appears to be simpler and more reliable than a variant protocol recently reported (Rostapshov, V. M. et al., FEBS Lett. 249:379-382 (1989)). Transient expression of huMAb4D5 in human embryonic kidney 293 cells permitted the isolation of a few hundred micrograms of huMAb4D5 variants for rapid characterization by growth inhibition and antigen binding affinity assays. Furthermore, different combinations of light and heavy chain were readily tested by co-transfection of corresponding cDNA expression vectors.
  • huMAb4D5-8 which binds the p185 HER2 ECD 250-fold more tightly than the simple CDR loop swap variant, huMAb4D5-1. It has previously been shown that the antigen binding affinity of a humanized antibody can be increased by mutagenesis based upon molecular modelling (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Queen, C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989)).
  • the huMAb4D5-8 also confers a secondary immune function (ADCC).
  • ADCC secondary immune function
  • the apparent selectivity of the cytotoxic activity for cell types which overexpress p185 HER2 allows for the evolution of a straightforward clinic approach to those human cancers characterized by overexpression of the HER2 protooncogene.
  • ⁇ K d values for the p185 HER2 ECD were determined using the method of Friguet et al. (43) and the standard error of each estimate is ⁇ ⁇ 10%.
  • ⁇ Proliferation of SK-BR-3 cells incubated for 96 hr with MAb4D5 variants shown as a percentage of the untreated control as described (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9: 1165-1172 (1989)).
  • Data represent the maximal anti-proliferative effect for each variant (see FIG. 3A ) calculated as the mean of triplicate determinations at a MAb4D5 concentration of 8 ⁇ g/ml. Data are all taken from the same experiment with an estimated standard error of ⁇ ⁇ 15%.
  • WI-38 normal lung epithelium
  • SK-BR-3 human breast tumor cell line
  • ⁇ ADCC assays were carried out as described in Brüggemann et al., J. Exp. Med. 166: 1351-1361 (1987). Effector to target ratios were of IL-2 activated human peripheral blood lymphocytes to either WI-38 fibroblasts or SK-BR-3 tumor cells in 96-well microtiter plates for 4 hours at 37° C. Values given represent percent specific cell lysis as determined by 51 Cr release. Estimated standard error in these quadruplicate determinations was ⁇ ⁇ 10%. ⁇ Monoclonal antibody concentrations used were 0.1 ⁇ g/ml (A) and 0.1 ⁇ g/ml (B).
  • This example demonstrates the construction of a humanized bispecific antibody (BsF(ab′) 2 v1 by separate E. coli expression of each Fab′ arm followed by directed chemical coupling in vitro.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 v1 anti-CD3/anti-p185 HER2
  • This example demonstrates the minimalistic humanization strategy of installing as few murine residues as possible into a human antibody in order to recruit antigen-binding affinity and biological properties comparable to that of the murine parent antibody.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 v1 binds to T cells via its anti-CD3 arm much less efficiently than does the chimeric BsF(ab′) 2 which contains the variable domains of the murine parent anti-CD3 antibody.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 v9 was created by replacing six residues in the second hypervariable loop of the anti-CD3 heavy chain variable domain of BsF(ab′) 2 v1 with their counterparts from the murine parent anti-CD3 antibody.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 v9 binds to T cells (Jurkat) much more efficiently than does BsF(ab′) 2 v1 and almost as efficiently as the chimeric BsF(ab′) 2 .
  • This improvement in the efficiency of T cell binding of the humanized BsF(ab′) 2 is an important step in its development as a potential therapeutic agent for the treatment of p185 HER2 -overexpressing cancers.
  • BsAbs Bispecific antibodies with specificities for tumor-associated antigens and surface markers on immune effector cells have proved effective for retargeting effector cells to kill tumor targets both in vitro and in vivo (reviewed by Fanger, M. W. et al., Immunol. Today 10: 92-99 (1989); Fanger, M. W. et al., Immunol. Today 12: 51-54 (1991); and Nelson, H., Cancer Cells 3: 163-172 (1991)).
  • BsF(ab′) 2 fragments have often been used in preference to intact BsAbs in retargeted cellular cytotoxicity to avoid the risk of killing innocent bystander cells binding to the Fc region of the antibody.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 over intact BsAbs is that they are generally much simpler to prepare free of contaminating monospecific molecules (reviewed by Songsivilai, S. and Lachmann, P. J., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79: 315-321 (1990) and Nolan, O. and O'Kennedy, R., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1040: 1-11 (1990)).
  • BsF(ab′) 2 fragments are traditionally constructed by directed chemical coupling of Fab′ fragments obtained by limited proteolysis plus mild reduction of the parent rodent monoclonal Ab (Brennan, M. et al., Science 229, 81-83 (1985) and Glennie, M. J. et al., J. Immunol. 139: 2367-2375 (1987)).
  • One such BsF(ab′) 2 fragment (anti-glioma associated antigen/anti-CD3) was found to have clinical efficacy in glioma patients (Nitta, T.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 anti-indium chelate/anti-carcinoembryonic antigen allowed clinical imaging of colorectal carcinoma (Stickney, D. R. et al, Antibody, Immunoconj. Radiopharm. 2: 1-13 (1989)).
  • Future BsF(ab′) 2 destined for clinical applications are likely to be constructed from antibodies which are either human or at least “humanized” (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332: 323-327 (1988) to reduce their immunogenicity (Hale, G. et al., Lancet i: 1394-1399 (1988)).
  • BsF(ab′) 2 fragment containing the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant (v1) was demonstrated by flow cytometry to bind specifically to a tumor target overexpressing p185 HER2 and to human peripheral blood mononuclear cells carrying CD3.
  • BsF(ab′)2 v1 enhanced the cytotoxic effects of activated human CTL 4-fold against SK-BR-3 tumor cells overexpressing p1 85 HER2.
  • the example descries efforts to improve the antigen binding affinity of the humanized anti-CD3 arm by the judicious recruitment of a small number of additional murine residues into the minimalistically humanized anti-CD3 variable domains.
  • the expression plasmid, pAK19, for the co-secretion of light chain and heavy chain Fd′ fragment of the most preferred humanized anti-p185 HER2 variant, HuMAb4D5-8, is described in Carter et al., 1992b, supra. Briefly, the Fab′ expression unit is bicistronic with both chains under the transcriptional control of the phoA promoter. Genes encoding humanized V L and V H domains are precisely fused on their 5′ side to a gene segment encoding the heat-stable enterotoxin II signal sequence and on their 3′ side to human k 1 C L and IgG1 C H 1 constant domain genes, respectively.
  • the C H 1 gene is immediately followed by a sequence encoding the hinge sequence CysAlaAla and followed by a bacteriophage ⁇ t 0 transcriptional terminator.
  • Fab′ expression plasmids for chimeric and humanized anti-CD3 variants (v1 to v4, Shalaby et al.,supra; v6 to v12, this study) were created from pAK19 by precisely replacing anti-p 185 HER2 V L and V H gene segments with those encoding murine and corresponding humanized variants of the anti-CD3 antibody, respectively, by sub-cloning and site-directed mutagenesis.
  • the Fab′ expression plasmid for the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant identified in this study (v9) is designated pAK22.
  • the anti-p185 HER2 Fab′ fragment was secreted from E. coli K12 strain 25F2 containing plasmid pAK19 grown for 32 to 40 hr at 37° C. in an aerated 10 liter fermentor.
  • the final cell density was 120-150 OD 550 and the titer of soluble and functional anti-p 185 HER2 Fab′ was 1-2 g/liter as judged by antigen binding ELISA (Carter et al., 1992b, supra).
  • Anti-CD3 Fab′ variants were secreted from E.
  • coli containing corresponding expression plasmids using very similar fermentation protocols.
  • the highest expression titers of chimeric and humanized anti-CD3 variants were 200 mg/liter and 700 mg/liter, respectively, as judged by total immunoglobulin ELISA.
  • Fab′ fragments were directly recovered from E. coli fermentation pastes in the free thiol form (Fab′-SH) by affinity purification on Streptococcal protein G at pH 5 in the presence of EDTA (Carter et al, 1992b supra).
  • Thioether linked BsF(ab′) 2 fragments (anti-p185 HER2 /anti-CD3) were constructed by the procedure of Glennie et al. supra with the following modifications.
  • Anti-p185 HER2 Fab′-SH in 100 mM Tris acetate, 5 mM EDTA (pH 5.0) was reacted with 0.1 vol of 40 mM N,N′-1,2-phenylenedimalemide (o-PDM) in dimethyl formamide for ⁇ 1.5 hr at 20° C.
  • o-PDM N,N′-1,2-phenylenedimalemide
  • Excess o-PDM was removed by protein G purification of the Fab′ maleimide derivative (Fab′-mal) followed by buffer exchange into 20 mM sodium acetate, 5 mM EDTA (pH 5.3) (coupling buffer) using centriprep-30 concentrators (Amicon).
  • the free thiol content of Fab′ preparations was estimated by reaction with 5, 5′-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) as described by Creighton, T. E., Protein structure: a practical approach, (T. E. Creighton, Ed.), Chapter 7, IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1990).
  • BsF(ab′) 2 was isolated from the coupling reaction by S100-HR (Pharmacia) size exclusion chromatography (2.5 cm ⁇ 100 cm) in the presence of PBS.
  • the BsF(ab′) 2 samples were passed through a 0.2 mm filter flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ⁇ 70° C.
  • the Jurkat human acute T cell leukemia cell line was purchased from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, Va.) (ATCC TIB 152) and grown as recommended by the ATCC. Aliquots of 10 6 Jurkat cells were incubated with appropriate concentrations of BsF(ab′) 2 (anti-p185 HER2 /anti-CD3 variant) or control mono-specific anti-p185 HER2 F(ab′) 2 in PBS plus 0.1 % bovine serum albumin and 10 mM sodium azide for 45 min at 4° C.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 anti-p185 HER2 /anti-CD3 variant
  • control mono-specific anti-p185 HER2 F(ab′) 2 in PBS plus 0.1 % bovine serum albumin and 10 mM sodium azide for 45 min at 4° C.
  • the cells were washed and then incubated with fluorescein-conjugated goat anti-human F(ab′) 2 (Organon Teknika, West Chester, Pa.) for 45 min at 4° C. Cells were washed and analyzed on a FACScan® (Becton Dickinson and Co., Mountain View, Calif.). Cells (8 ⁇ 10 3 ) were acquired by list mode and gated by forward light scatter versus side light scatter excluding dead cells and debris.
  • the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant previously identified, v1 differs from the murine parent antibody, UCHT1 at 19 out of 107 amino acid residues within V L and at 37 out of 122 positions within V H (Shalaby et al.,supra) 1992).
  • UCHT1 the murine parent antibody
  • the strategy chosen was a compromise between minimizing both the number of additional murine residues recruited and the number of anti-CD3 variants to be analyzed.
  • V H CDR2 of anti-CD3 v1 were replaced en bloc with their murine counterparts to give anti-CD3 v9: T57S:A60N:D61Q:S62K:V63F:G65D (SEQ ID NO:20).
  • the human residue E55 in V L CDR2 of anti-CD3 v1 was replaced with histidine from the murine anti-CD3 antibody to generate anti-CD3 v11.
  • V H framework region (FR) residues 75 and 76 in anti-CD3 v1 were also replaced with their murine counterparts to create anti-CD3 v8: K75S:N76S.
  • V H residues 75 and 76 are located in a loop close to V H CDR1 and CDR2 and therefore might influence antigen binding. Additional variants created by combining mutations at these three sites are described below.
  • Soluble and functional anti-p185 HER2 and anti-CD3 Fab′ fragments were recovered directly from corresponding E. coli fermentation pastes with the single hinge cysteine predominantly in the free thiol form (75-100% Fab′-SH) by affinity purification on Streptococcal protein G at pH in the presence of EDTA (Carter et al., 1992b, supra).
  • Thioether-linked BsF(ab′) 2 fragments were then constructed by directed coupling using o-PDM as described by Glennie et al., supra.
  • Anti-p185 HER2 Fab′-SH was reacted with o-PDM to form the maleimide derivative (Fab′-mal) and then coupled to the Fab′-SH for each anti-CD3 variant.
  • F(ab′) 2 was then purified away from unreacted Fab′ by size exclusion chromatography as shown for a representative preparation (BsF(ab′) 2 v8) in data not shown.
  • the F(ab′) 2 fragment represents ⁇ 54% of the total amount of antibody fragments (by mass) as judged by integration of the chromatograph peaks.
  • Binding of BsF(ab′) 2 to Jurkat cells Binding of BsF(ab′) 2 containing different anti-CD3 variants to Jurkat cells (human acute T cell leukemia) was investigated by flow cytometry (data not shown).
  • BsF(ab′) 2 v9 binds much more efficiently to Jurkat cells than does our starting molecule, BsF(ab′) 2 v1, and almost as efficiently as the chimeric BsF(ab′) 2 .
  • HuMAb4D5-8 contains a total of five murine FR residues and nine murine CDR residues, including V H CDR2 residues 60-65, were discarded in favor of human counterparts.
  • BsF(ab′) 2 v1 containing the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant out of four originally constructed binds J6 cells with an affinity (K d ) of 140 nM which is ⁇ 70-fold weaker than that of the corresponding chimeric BsF(ab′) 2 .
  • BsF(ab′) 2 fragments exploits an E. coli expression system which secretes humanized Fab′ fragments at gram per liter titers and permits their direct recovery as Fab′-SH (Carter et al., 1992b, supra).
  • Traditional directed chemical coupling of Fab′-SH fragments is then used to form BsF(ab′) 2 in vitro (Brennan et al.,supra; and Glennie et al., supra).
  • BsF(ab′)2 fragments constructed here were thioether-linked as originally described by Glennie et al., supra with future in vivo testing of these molecules in mind.
  • Thioether bonds unlike disulfide bonds, are not susceptible to cleavage by trace amounts of thiol, which led to the proposal that thioether-linked F(ab′)2 may be more stable than disulfide-linked F(ab′)2 in vivo (Glennie et al., supra).
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B provide amino acid sequence comparisons for the murine and humanized antibody light chains and heavy chains.

Abstract

Variant immunoglobulins, particularly humanized antibody polypeptides are provided, along with methods for their preparation and use. Consensus immunoglobulin sequences and structural models are also provided.

Description

  • This is a continuation application of U.S. Ser. No. 10/835,641 filed Apr. 30, 2004, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 09/705,398 filed Nov. 2, 2000 (now U.S. Pat. No. 6,800,738), which is a divisional of U.S. Ser. No. 08/146,206 filed Nov. 17, 1993 (now U.S. Pat. No. 6,407,213) which is a 371 of PCT/US92/05126 filed Jun. 15, 1992 which is a CIP of 07/715,272 filed Jun. 14, 1991 (abandoned), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to methods for the preparation and use of variant antibodies and finds application particularly in the fields of immunology and cancer diagnosis and therapy.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Naturally occurring antibodies (immunoglobulins) comprise two heavy chains linked together by disulfide bonds and two light chains, one light chain being linked to each of the heavy chains by disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (VH) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain (VL) at one end and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain. Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light and heavy chain variable domains, see e.g. Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 186:651-663 (1985); Novotny and Haber, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:4592-4596 (1985).
  • The constant domains are not involved directly in binding the antibody to an antigen, but are involved in various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity. The variable domains of each pair of light and heavy chains are involved directly in binding the antibody to the antigen. The domains of natural light and heavy chains have the same general structure, and each domain comprises four framework (FR) regions, whose sequences are somewhat conserved, connected by three hyper-variable or complementarity determining regions (CDRs) (see Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., (1987)). The four framework regions largely adopt a β-sheet conformation and the CDRs form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the β-sheet structure. The CDRs in each chain are held in close proximity by the framework regions and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site.
  • Widespread use has been made of monoclonal antibodies, particularly those derived from rodents including mice, however they are frequently antigenic in human clinical use. For example, a major limitation in the clinical use of rodent monoclonal antibodies is an anti-globulin response during therapy (Miller, R. A. et al., Blood 62:988-995 (1983); Schroff, R. W. et al., Cancer Res. 45:879-885 (1985)).
  • The art has attempted to overcome this problem by constructing “chimeric” antibodies in which an animal antigen-binding variable domain is coupled to a human constant domain (Cabilly et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison, S. L. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:6851-6855 (1984); Boulianne, G. L. et al., Nature 312:643-646 (1984); Neuberger, M. S. et al., Nature 314:268-270 (1985)). The term “chimeric” antibody is used herein to describe a polypeptide comprising at least the antigen binding portion of an antibody molecule linked to at least part of another protein (typically an immunoglobulin constant domain).
  • The isotype of the human constant domain may be selected to tailor the chimeric antibody for participation in antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement-dependent cytotoxicity (see e.g. Brüggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987); Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Love et al., Methods in Enzymology 178:515-527 (1989); Bindon et al., J. Exp. Med. 168:127-142 (1988).
  • In the typical embodiment, such chimeric antibodies contain about one third rodent (or other non-human species) sequence and thus are capable of eliciting a significant anti-globulin response in humans. For example, in the case of the murine anti-CD3 antibody, OKT3, much of the resulting anti-globulin response is directed against the variable region rather than the constant region (Jaffers, G. J. et al., Transplantation 41:572-578 (1986)).
  • In a further effort to resolve the antigen binding functions of antibodies and to minimize the use of heterologous sequences in human antibodies, Winter and colleagues (Jones, P. T. et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen, M. et al., Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)) have substituted rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding segments of a human antibody. As used herein, the term “humanized” antibody is an embodiment of chimeric antibodies wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • The therapeutic promise of this approach is supported by the clinical efficacy of a humanized antibody specific for the CAMPATH-1 antigen with two non-Hodgkin lymphoma patients, one of whom had previously developed an anti-globulin response to the parental rat antibody (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Hale, G. et al., Lancet i:1394-1399 (1988)). A murine antibody to the interleukin 2 receptor has also recently been humanized (Queen, C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989)) as a potential immunosuppressive reagent. Additional references related to humanization of antibodies include Co et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:2869-2873 (1991); Gorman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:4181-4185 (1991); Daugherty et al., Nucleic Acids Research 19(9):2471-2476 (1991); Brown et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:2663-2667 (1991);
  • Junghans et al., Cancer Research 50:1495-1502 (1990).
  • In some cases, substituting CDRs from rodent antibodies for the human CDRs in human frameworks is sufficient to transfer high antigen binding affinity (Jones, P. T. et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Verhoeyen, M. et al., Science 239:1534-1536 (1988)), whereas in other cases it has been necessary to additionally replace one (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988)) or several (Queen, C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989)) framework region (FR) residues. See also Co et al., supra.
  • For a given antibody a small number of FR residues are anticipated to be important for antigen binding. Firstly for example, certain antibodies have been shown to contain a few FR residues which directly contact antigen in crystal structures of antibody-antigen complexes (e.g., reviewed in Davies, D. R. et al., Ann. Rev. Biochem. 59:439-473 (1990)). Secondly, a number of FR residues have been proposed by Chothia, Lesk and colleagues (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia, C. et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989); Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:175-182 (1990)) as critically affecting the conformation of particular CDRs and thus their contribution to antigen binding. See also Margolies et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 72:2180-2184 (1975).
  • It is also known that, in a few instances, an antibody variable domain (either VH or VL) may contain glycosylation sites, and that this glycosylation may improve or abolish antigen binding, Pluckthun, Biotechnology 9:545-51 (1991); Spiegelberg et al., Biochemistry 9:4217-4223 (1970); Wallic et al., J. Exp. Med. 168:1099-1109 (1988); Sox et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 66:975-982 (1970); Margni et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol. 6:535-554 (1988). Ordinarily, however, glycosylation has no influence on the antigen-binding properties of an antibody, Pluckthun, supra, (1991).
  • The three-dimensional structure of immunoglobulin chains has been studied, and crystal structures for intact immunoglobulins, for a variety of immunoglobulin fragments, and for antibody-antigen complexes have been published (see e.g., Saul et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry 25:585-97 (1978); Sheriff et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:8075-79 (1987); Segal et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 71:4298-4302 (1974); Epp et al., Biochemistry 14(22):4943-4952 (1975); Marquart et al, J. Mol. Biol. 141:369-391 (1980); Furey et al., J. Mol. Biol. 167:661-692 (1983); Snow and Amzel, Protein: Structure, Function, and Genetics 1:267-279, Alan R. Liss, Inc. pubs. (1986); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989); Chothia et al., Science 233:755-58 (1986); Huber et al., Nature 264:415-420 (1976); Bruccoleri et al., Nature 335:564-568 (1988) and Nature 336:266 (1988); Sherman et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry 263:4064-4074 (1988); Amzel and Poljak, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 48:961-67 (1979); Silverton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:5140-5144 (1977); and Gregory et al., Molecular Immunology 24:821-829 (1987). It is known that the function of an antibody is dependent on its three dimensional structure, and that amino acid substitutions can change the three-dimensional structure of an antibody, Snow and Amzel, supra. It has previously been shown that the antigen binding affinity of a humanized antibody can be increased by mutagenesis based upon molecular modelling (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Queen, C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989)).
  • Humanizing an antibody with retention of high affinity for antigen and other desired biological activities is at present difficult to achieve using currently available procedures.
  • Methods are needed for rationalizing the selection of sites for substitution in preparing such antibodies and thereby increasing the efficiency of antibody humanization.
  • The proto-oncogene HER2 (human epidermal growth factor receptor 2) encodes a protein tyrosine kinase (p185HER2) that is related to and somewhat homologous to the human epidermal growth factor receptor (see Coussens, L. et al., Science 230:1132-1139 (1985); Yamamoto, T. et al., Nature 319:230-234 (1986); King, C. R. et al., Science 229:974-976 (1985)). HER2 is also known in the field as c-erbB-2, and sometimes by the name of the rat homolog, neu. Amplification and/or overexpression of HER2 is associated with multiple human malignancies and appears to be integrally involved in progression of 25-30% of human breast and ovarian cancers (Slamon, D. J. et al., Science 235:177-182 (1987), Slamon, D. J. et al., Science 244:707-712 (1989)). Furthermore, the extent of amplification is inversely correlated with the observed median patient survival time (Slamon, supra, Science 1989).
  • The murine monoclonal antibody known as muMAb4D5 (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550-1558 (1990)), directed against the extracellular domain (ECD) of p185HER2, specifically inhibits the growth of tumor cell lines overexpressing p185HER2 in monolayer culture or in soft agar (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9:1165-1172 (1989); Lupu, R. et al., Science 249:1552-1555 (1990)). MuMAb4D5 also has the potential of enhancing tumor cell sensitivity to tumor necrosis factor, an important effector molecule in macrophage-mediated tumor cell cytotoxicity (Hudziak, supra, 1989; Shepard, H. M. and Lewis, G. D. J. Clinical Immunology 8:333-395 (1988)). Thus muMAb4D5 has potential for clinical intervention in and imaging of carcinomas in which p185HER2 is overexpressed. The muMAb4D5 and its uses are described in PCT application WO 89/06692 published 27 Jul. 1989. This murine antibody was deposited with the ATCC and designated ATCC CRL 10463. However, this antibody may be immunogenic in humans.
  • It is therefore an object of this invention to provide methods for the preparation of antibodies which are less antigenic in humans than non-human antibodies but have desired antigen binding and other characteristics and activities.
  • It is a further object of this invention to provide methods for the efficient humanization of antibodies, i.e. selecting non-human amino acid residues for importation into a human antibody background sequence in such a fashion as to retain or improve the affinity of the non-human donor antibody for a given antigen.
  • It is another object of this invention to provide humanized antibodies capable of binding p185HER2.
  • Other objects, features, and characteristics of the present invention will become apparent upon consideration of the following description and the appended claims.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The objects of this invention are accomplished by a method for making a humanized antibody comprising amino acid sequence of an import, non-human antibody and a human antibody, comprising the steps of:
      • a. obtaining the amino acid sequences of at least a portion of an import antibody variable domain and of a consensus variable domain;
      • b. identifying Complementarity Determining Region (CDR) amino acid sequences in the import and the human variable domain sequences;
      • c. substituting an import CDR amino acid sequence for the corresponding human CDR amino acid sequence;
      • d. aligning the amino acid sequences of a Framework Region (FR) of the import antibody and the corresponding FR of the consensus antibody;
      • e. identifying import antibody FR residues in the aligned FR sequences that are non-homologous to the corresponding consensus antibody residues;
      • f. determining if the non-homologous import amino acid residue is reasonably expected to have at least one of the following effects:
        • 1. non-covalently binds antigen directly,
        • 2. interacts with a CDR; or
        • 3. participates in the VL-VH interface; and
      • g. for any non-homologous import antibody amino acid residue which is reasonably expected to have at least one of these effects, substituting that residue for the corresponding amino acid residue in the consensus antibody FR sequence.
  • Optionally, the method of this invention comprises the additional steps of determining if any non-homologous residues identified in step (e) are exposed on the surface of the domain or buried within it, and if the residue is exposed but has none of the effects identified in step (f), retaining the consensus residue.
  • Additionally, in certain embodiments the method of this invention comprises the feature wherein the corresponding consensus antibody residues identified in step (e) above are selected from the group consisting of 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H (utilizing the numbering system set forth in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)).
  • In certain embodiments, the method of this invention comprises the additional steps of searching either or both of the import, non-human and the consensus variable domain sequences for glycosylation sites, determining if the glycosylation is reasonably expected to be important for the desired antigen binding and biological activity of the antibody (i.e., determining if the glycosylation site binds to antigen or changes a side chain of an amino acid residue that binds to antigen, or if the glycosylation enhances or weakens antigen binding, or is important for maintaining antibody affinity). If the import sequence bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to substitute that site for the corresponding residues in the consensus human if the glycosylation site is reasonably expected to be important. If only the consensus sequence, and not the import, bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to eliminate that glycosylation site or substitute therefor the corresponding amino acid residues from the import sequence.
  • Another embodiment of this invention comprises aligning import antibody and the consensus antibody FR sequences, identifying import antibody FR residues which are non-homologous with the aligned consensus FR sequence, and for each such non-homologous import antibody FR residue, determining if the corresponding consensus antibody residue represents a residue which is highly conserved across all species at that site, and if it is so conserved, preparing a humanized antibody which comprises the consensus antibody amino acid residue at that site.
  • Certain alternate embodiments of the methods of this invention comprise obtaining the amino acid sequence of at least a portion of an import, non-human antibody variable domain having a CDR and a FR, obtaining the amino acid sequence of at least a portion of a consensus antibody variable domain having a CDR and a FR, substituting the non-human CDR for the human CDR in the consensus antibody variable domain, and then substituting an amino acid residue for the consensus amino acid residue at at least one of the following sites:
      • a. (in the FR of the variable domain of the light chain) 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 58L, 46L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, or
      • b. (in the FR of the variable domain of the heavy chain) 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H.
        In preferred embodiments, the non-CDR residue substituted at the consensus FR site is the residue found at the corresponding location of the non-human antibody.
  • Optionally, this just-recited embodiment comprises the additional steps of following the method steps appearing at the beginning of this summary and determining whether a particular amino acid residue can reasonably be expected to have undesirable effects.
  • This invention also relates to a humanized antibody comprising the CDR sequence of an import, non-human antibody and the FR sequence of a human antibody, wherein an amino acid residue within the human FR sequence located at any one of the sites 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H has been substituted by another residue. In preferred embodiments, the residue substituted at the human FR site is the residue found at the corresponding location of the non-human antibody from which the non-human CDR was obtained. In other embodiments, no human FR residue other than those set forth in this group has been substituted.
  • This invention also encompasses specific humanized antibody variable domains, and isolated polypeptides having homology with the following sequences.
  • 1. SEQ. ID NO. 1, which is the light chain variable domain of a humanized version of muMAb4D5:
    DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVNTAVAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYS
    ASFLESGVPSRFSGSRSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQHYTTPPTFGQ
    GTKVEIKRT
  • 2. SEQ. ID NO. 2, which is the heavy chain variable domain of a humanized version of muMAb4D5):
    EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFNIKDTYIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAR
    IYPTNGYTRYADSVKGRFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCSRWG
    GDGFYAMDVWGQGTLVTVSS
  • In another aspect, this invention provides a consensus antibody variable domain amino acid sequence for use in the preparation of humanized antibodies, methods for obtaining, using, and storing a computer representation of such a consensus sequence, and computers comprising the sequence data of such a sequence. In one embodiment, the following consensus antibody variable domain amino acid sequences are provided:
    SEQ. ID NO. 3 (light chain):
    DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYA
    ASSLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYNSLPYTFGQ
    GTKVEIKRT,
    and
    SEQ. ID NO. 4 (heavy chain):
    EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYAMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVAV
    ISENGSDTYYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARDR
    GGAVSYFDVWGQGTLVTVSS
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A shows the comparison of the VL domain amino acid residues of muMAb4D5, huMAb4D5-5, and a consensus sequence (FIG. 1A, SEQ. ID NO. 5, SEQ. ID NO. 1 and SEQ. ID NO. 3, respectively). FIG. 1B shows the comparison between the VH domain amino acid residues of the muMAb4D5, huMAb4D5-5, and a consensus sequence (FIG. 1B, SEQ. ID NO. 6, SEQ. ID NO. 2 and SEQ. ID NO. 4, respectively). Both FIGS. 1A and 1B use the generally accepted numbering scheme from Kabat, E. A., et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987)). In both FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B, the CDR residues determined according to a standard sequence definition (as in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) are indicated by the first underlining beneath the sequences, and the CDR residues determined according to a structural definition (as in Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)) are indicated by the second, lower underlines. The mismatches between genes are shown by the vertical lines.
  • FIG. 2 shows a scheme for humanization of muMAb4D5 VL and VH by gene conversion mutagenesis.
  • FIG. 3 shows the inhibition of SK-BR-3 proliferation by MAb4D5 variants. Relative cell proliferation was determined as described (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9:1165-1172 (1989)) and data (average of triplicate determinations) are presented as a percentage of results with untreated cultures for muMAb4D5 (●), huMAb4D5-8 (∘) and huMAb4D5-1 (□).
  • FIG. 4 shows a stereo view of a-carbon tracing for a model of huMAb4D5-8 VL and VH. The CDR residues (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) are shown in bold and side chains of VH residues A71, T73, A78, S93, Y102 and VL residues Y55 plus R66 (see Table 3) are shown
  • FIG. 5 shows an amino acid sequence comparison of VL (top panel) and VH (lower panel) domains of the murine anti-CD3 monoclonal Ab UCHT1 (muxCD3, Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med. 175, 217-225 (1992) with a humanized variant of this antibody huxCD3v1. Also shown are consensus sequences (most commonly occurring residue or pair of residues) of the most abundant human subgroups, namely VL K 1 and VH III upon which the humanized sequences are based (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th edition, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., USA (1991)). The light chain sequences—muxCD3, huxCD3v1 and huKI—correspond to SEQ.ID.NOs 16, 17, and 18, respectively. The heavy chain sequences—muxCD3, huxCD3v1 and huIII—correspond to SEQ.ID.NOs 19, 26, and 21, respectively. Residues which differ between muxCD3 and huxCD3v1 are identified by an asterisk (*), whereas those which differ between humanized and consensus sequences are identified by a sharp sign (#). A bullet (●) denotes that a residue at this position has been found to contact antigen in one or more crystallographic structures of antibody/antigen complexes (Kabat et al., 1991; Mian, I. S. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 217, 133-151 (1991)). The location of CDR residues according to a sequence definition (Kabat et al., 1991) and a structural definition (Chothia and Lesk, supra 1987) are shown by a line and carats (ˆ) beneath the sequences, respectively.
  • FIG. 6A-1 AND 6A-2 compare murine and humanized amino acid sequences for the heavy chain of an anti-CD18 antibody. H52H4-160 (SEQ. ID. NO. 22) is the murine sequence, and pH52-8.0 (SEQ. ID. NO. 23) is the humanized heavy chain sequence. pH52-8.0 residue 143S is the final amino acid in the variable heavy chain domain VH, and residue 144A is the first amino acid in the constant heavy chain domain CH1.
  • FIG. 6B compares murine and humanized amino acid sequences for the light chain of an anti-CD18 antibody. H52L6-158 (SEQ. ID. NO. 24) is the murine sequence, and pH52-9.0 (SEQ. ID. NO. 25) is the humanized light chain sequence. pH52-9.0 residue 128T is the final amino acid in the light chain variable domain VL, and residue 129V is the first amino acid in the light chain constant domain CL.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION DEFINITIONS
  • In general, the following words or phrases have the indicated definitions when used in the description, examples, and claims:
  • The murine monoclonal antibody known as muMAb4D5 (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550 -1558 (1990)) is directed against the extracellular domain (ECD) of p185HER2. The muMAb4D5 and its uses are described in PCT application WO 89/06692 published 27 Jul. 1989. This murine antibody was deposited with the ATCC and designated ATCC CRL 10463. In this description and claims, the terms muMAb4D5, chMAb4D5 and huMAb4D5 represent murine, chimerized and humanized versions of the monoclonal antibody 4D5, respectively.
  • A humanized antibody for the purposes herein is an immunoglobulin amino acid sequence variant or fragment thereof which is capable of binding to a predetermined antigen and which comprises a FR region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human immunoglobulin and a CDR having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human immunoglobulin.
  • Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are referred to herein as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” antibody domain, particularly a variable domain. An import residue, sequence, or antibody has a desired affinity and/or specificity, or other desirable antibody biological activity as discussed herein.
  • In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fabc, Fv) in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody 25 optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. Ordinarily, the antibody will contain both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain. The antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain.
  • The humanized antibody will be selected from any class of immunoglobulins, including IgM, IgG, IgD, IgA and IgE, and any isotype, including IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4. Usually the constant domain is a complement fixing constant domain where it is desired that the humanized antibody exhibit cytotoxic activity, and the class is typically IgG1. Where such cytotoxic activity is not desirable, the constant domain may be of the IgG2 class. The humanized antibody may comprise sequences from more than one class or isotype, and selecting particular constant domains to optimize desired effector functions is within the ordinary skill in the art.
  • The FR and CDR regions of the humanized antibody need not correspond precisely to the parental sequences, e.g., the import CDR or the consensus FR may be mutagenized by substitution, insertion or deletion of at least one residue so that the CDR or FR residue at that site does not correspond to either the consensus or the import antibody. Such mutations, however, will not be extensive. Usually, at least 75% of the humanized antibody residues will correspond to those of the parental FR and CDR sequences, more often 90%, and most preferably greater than 95%.
  • In general, humanized antibodies prepared by the method of this invention are produced by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences. Three dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen.
  • Residues that influence antigen binding are defined to be residues that are substantially responsible for the antigen affinity or antigen specificity of a candidate immunoglobulin, in a positive or a negative sense. The invention is directed to the selection and combination of FR residues from the consensus and import sequence so that the desired immunoglobulin characteristic is achieved. Such desired characteristics include increases in affinity and greater specificity for the target antigen, although it is conceivable that in some circumstances the opposite effects might be desired. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding (although not all CDR residues are so involved and therefore need not be substituted into the consensus sequence). However, FR residues also have a significant effect and can exert their influence in at least three ways: They may noncovalently directly bind to antigen, they may interact with CDR residues and they may affect the interface between the heavy and light chains.
  • A residue that noncovalently directly binds to antigen is one that, by three dimensional analysis, is reasonably expected to noncovalently directly bind to antigen. Typically, it is necessary to impute the position of antigen from the spatial location of neighboring CDRs and the dimensions and structure of the target antigen. In general, only those humanized antibody residues that are capable of forming salt bridges, hydrogen bonds, or hydrophobic interactions are likely to be involved in non-covalent antigen binding, however residues which have atoms which are separated from antigen spatially by 3.2 Angstroms or less may also non-covalently interact with antigen. Such residues typically are the relatively larger amino acids having the side chains with the greatest bulk, such as tyrosine, arginine, and lysine. Antigen-binding FR residues also typically will have side chains that are oriented into an envelope surrounding the solvent oriented face of a CDR which extends about 7 Angstroms into the solvent from the CDR domain and about 7 Angstroms on either side of the CDR domain, again as visualized by three dimensional modeling.
  • A residue that interacts with a CDR generally is a residue that either affects the conformation of the CDR polypeptide backbone or forms a noncovalent bond with a CDR residue side chain. Conformation-affecting residues ordinarily are those that change the spatial position of any CDR backbone atom (N, Cα, C, O, Cβ) by more than about 0.2 Angstroms. Backbone atoms of CDR sequences are displaced for example by residues that interrupt or modify organized structures such as beta sheets, helices or loops. Residues that can exert a profound affect on the conformation of neighboring sequences include proline and glycine, both of which are capable of introducing bends into the backbone. Other residues that can displace backbone atoms are those that are capable of participating in salt bridges and hydrogen bonds.
  • A residue that interacts with a CDR side chain is one that is reasonably expected to form a noncovalent bond with a CDR side chain, generally either a salt bridge or hydrogen bond. Such residues are identified by three dimensional positioning of their side chains. A salt or ion bridge could be expected to form between two side chains positioned within about 2.5-3.2 Angstroms of one another that bear opposite charges, for example a lysinyl and a glutamyl pairing. A hydrogen bond could be expected to form between the side chains of residue pairs such as seryl or threonyl with aspartyl or glutamyl (or other hydrogen accepting residues). Such pairings are well known in the protein chemistry art and will be apparent to the artisan upon three dimensional modeling of the candidate immunoglobulin.
  • Immunoglobulin residues that affect the interface between heavy and light chain variable regions (“the VL-VH interface”) are those that affect the proximity or orientation of the two chains with respect to one another. Certain residues involved in interchain interactions are already known and include VL residues 34, 36, 38, 44, 46, 87, 89, 91, 96, and 98 and VH residues 35, 37, 39, 45, 47, 91, 93, 95, 100, and 103 (utilizing the nomenclature set forth in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)). Additional residues are newly identified by the inventors herein, and include 43L, 85L, 43H and 60H. While these residues are indicated for IgG only, they are applicable across species. In the practice of this invention, import antibody residues that are reasonably expected to be involved in interchain interactions are selected for substitution into the consensus sequence. It is believed that heretofore no humanized antibody has been prepared with an intrachain-affecting residue selected from an import antibody sequence.
  • Since it is not entirely possible to predict in advance what the exact impact of a given substitution will be it may be necessary to make the substitution and assay the candidate antibody for the desired characteristic. These steps, however, are per se routine and well within the ordinary skill of the art.
  • CDR and FR residues are determined according to a standard sequence definition (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda Md. (1987), and a structural definition (as in Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987). Where these two methods result in slightly different identifications of a CDR, the structural definition is preferred, but the residues identified by the sequence definition method are considered important FR residues for determination of which framework residues to import into a consensus sequence.
  • Throughout this description, reference is made to the numbering scheme from Kabat, E. A., et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987) and (1991). In these compendiums, Kabat lists many amino acid sequences for antibodies for each subclass, and lists the most commonly occurring amino acid for each residue position in that subclass. Kabat uses a method for assigning a residue number to each amino acid in a listed sequence, and this method for assigning residue numbers has become standard in the field. The Kabat numbering scheme is followed in this description. For purposes of this invention, to assign residue numbers to a candidate antibody amino acid sequence which is not included in the Kabat compendium, one follows the following steps. Generally, the candidate sequence is aligned with any immunoglobulin sequence or any consensus sequence in Kabat. Alignment may be done by hand, or by computer using commonly accepted computer programs; an example of such a program is the Align 2 program discussed in this description. Alignment may be facilitated by using some amino acid residues which are common to most Fab sequences. For example, the light and heavy chains each typically have two cysteines which have the same residue numbers; in VL domain the two cysteines are typically at residue numbers 23 and 88, and in the VH domain the two cysteine residues are typically numbered 22 and 92. Framework residues generally, but not always, have approximately the same number of residues, however the CDRs will vary in size.
  • For example, in the case of a CDR from a candidate sequence which is longer than the CDR in the sequence in Kabat to which it is aligned, typically suffixes are added to the residue number to indicate the insertion of additional residues (see, e.g. residues 100 abcde in FIG. 5). For candidate sequences which, for example, align with a Kabat sequence for residues 34 and 36 but have no residue between them to align with residue 35, the number 35 is simply not assigned to a residue.
  • Thus, in humanization of an import variable sequence, where one cuts out an entire human or consensus CDR and replaces it with an import CDR sequence, (a) the exact number of residues may be swapped, leaving the numbering the same, (b) fewer import amino acid residues may be introduced than are cut, in which case there will be a gap in the residue numbers, or (c) a larger number of amino acid residues may be introduced then were cut, in which case the numbering will involve the use of suffixes such as 100abcde.
  • The terms “consensus sequence” and “consensus antibody” as used herein refers to an amino acid sequence which comprises the most frequently occurring amino acid residues at each location in all immunoglobulins of any particular subclass or subunit structure. The consensus sequence may be based on immunoglobulins of a particular species or of many species. A “consensus” sequence, structure, or antibody is understood to encompass a consensus human sequence as described in certain embodiments of this invention, and to refer to an amino acid sequence which comprises the most frequently occurring amino acid residues at each location in all human immunoglobulins of any particular subclass or subunit structure. This invention provides consensus human structures and consensus structures which consider other species in addition to human.
  • The subunit structures of the five immunoglobulin classes in humans are as follows:
    Class Heavy Chain Subclasses Light Chain Molecular Formula
    IgG γ γ1, γ2, γ3, γ4 κ or λ (γ2κ2), (γ2λ2)
    IgA α α1, α2 κ or λ (α2κ2)n a, (α2λ2)n a
    IgM μ none κ or λ (μ2κ2)5, (μ2λ)5
    IgD δ none κ or λ (δ2κ2), (δ2λ2)
    IgE ε none κ or λ (ε2κ2), (ε2λ2)

    (a n may equal 1, 2, or 3)
  • In preferred embodiments of an IgGγ1 human consensus sequence, the consensus variable domain sequences are derived from the most abundant subclasses in the sequence compilation of Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda Md. (1987), namely VL K subgroup I and VH group III. In such preferred embodiments, the VL consensus domain has the amino acid sequence:
    (SEQ. ID NO. 3)
    DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVSSYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYA
    ASSLESGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQYNSLPYTFGQ
    GTKVEIKRT;
  • the VH consensus domain has the amino acid sequence:
    (SEQ. ID NO. 4)
    EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSDYAMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVAV
    ISENGSDTYYADSVKGRFTISRDDSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARDR
    GGAVSYFDVWGQGTLVTVSS.

    These sequences include consensus CDRs as well as consensus FR residues (see for example in FIG. 1).
  • While not wishing to be limited to any particular theories, it may be that these preferred embodiments are less likely to be immunogenic in an individual than less abundant subclasses. However, in other embodiments, the consensus sequence is derived from other subclasses of human immunoglobulin variable domains. In yet other embodiments, the consensus sequence is derived from human constant domains.
  • Identity or homology with respect to a specified amino acid sequence of this invention is defined herein as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the specified residues, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent homology, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. None of N-terminal, C-terminal or internal extensions, deletions, or insertions into the specified sequence shall be construed as affecting homology. All sequence alignments called for in this invention are such maximal homology alignments. While such alignments may be done by hand using conventional methods, a suitable computer program is the “Align 2” program for which protection is being sought from the U.S. Register of Copyrights (Align 2, by Genentech, Inc., application filed 9 Dec. 1991).
  • “Non-homologous” import antibody residues are those residues which are not identical to the amino acid residue at the analogous or corresponding location in a consensus sequence, after the import and consensus sequences are aligned.
  • The term “computer representation” refers to information which is in a form that can be manipulated by a computer. The act of storing a computer representation refers to the act of placing the information in a form suitable for manipulation by a computer.
  • This invention is also directed to novel polypeptides, and in certain aspects, isolated novel humanized anti-p185HER2 antibodies are provided. These novel anti-p185HER2 antibodies are sometimes collectively referred to herein as huMAb4D5, and also sometimes as the light or heavy chain variable domains of huMAb4D5, and are defined herein to be any polypeptide sequence which possesses a biological property of a polypeptide comprising the following polypeptide sequence:
      • DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQDVNTAVAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYSASFLESGVPSRF SGSRSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQHYTTPPTFGQGTKVEIKRT (SEQ. ID NO. 1, which is the light chain variable domain of huMAb4D5); or
      • EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFNIKDTYIHWVRQAPGKGLEWVARIYPTNGYTRYAD SVKGRFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCSRWGGDGFYAMDVWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ. ID NO. 2, which is the heavy chain variable domain of huMAb4D5).
  • “Biological property”, as relates for example to anti-p185HER2, for the purposes herein means an in vivo effector or antigen-binding function or activity that is directly or indirectly performed by huMAb4D5 (whether in its native or denatured conformation). Effector functions include p185HER2 binding, any hormonal or hormonal antagonist activity, any mitogenic or agonist or antagonist activity, any cytotoxic activity. An antigenic function means possession of an epitope or antigenic site that is capable of cross-reacting with antibodies raised against the polypeptide sequence of huMAb4D5.
  • Biologically active huMAb4D5 is defined herein as a polypeptide that shares an effector function of huMAb4D5. A principal known effector function of huMAb4D5 is its ability to bind to p185HER2.
  • Thus, the biologically active and antigenically active huMAb4D5 polypeptides that are the subject of certain embodiments of this invention include the sequence of the entire translated nucleotide sequence of huMAb4D5; mature huMAb4D5; fragments thereof having a consecutive sequence of at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 or 40 amino acid residues comprising sequences from muMAb4D5 plus residues from the human FR of huMAb4D5; amino acid sequence variants of huMAb4D5 wherein an amino acid residue has been inserted N— or C-terminal to, or within, huMAb4D5 or its fragment as defined above; amino acid sequence variants of huMAb4D5 or its fragment as defined above wherein an amino acid residue of huMAb4D5 or its fragment as defined above has been substituted by another residue, including predetermined mutations by, e.g., site-directed or PCR mutagenesis; derivatives of huMAb4D5 or its fragments as defined above wherein huMAb4D5 or its fragments have been covalent modified, by substitution, chemical, enzymatic, or other appropriate means, with a moiety other than a naturally occurring amino acid; and glycosylation variants of huMAb4D5 (insertion of a glycosylation site or deletion of any glycosylation site by deletion, insertion or substitution of suitable residues). Such fragments and variants exclude any polypeptide heretofore identified, including muMAb4D5 or any known polypeptide fragment, which are anticipatory order 35 U.S.C.102 as well as polypeptides obvious thereover under 35 U.S.C. 103.
  • An “isolated” polypeptide means polypeptide which has been identified and separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the polypeptide, arid may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, for example, a polypeptide product comprising huMAb4D5 will be purified from a cell culture or other synthetic environment (1) to greater than 95% by weight of protein as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a gas- or liquid-phase sequenator (such as a commercially available Applied Biosystems sequenator Model 470, 477, or 473), or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated huMAb4D5 includes huMAb4D5 in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the huMAb4D5 natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated huMAb4D5 will be prepared by at least one purification step.
  • In accordance with this invention, huMAb4D5 nucleic acid is RNA or DNA containing greater than ten bases that encodes a biologically or antigenically active huMAb4D5, is complementary to nucleic acid sequence encoding such huMAb4D5, or hybridizes to nucleic acid sequence encoding such huMAb4D5 and remains stably bound to it under stringent conditions, and comprises nucleic acid from a muMAb4D5 CDR and a human FR region.
  • Preferably, the huMAb4D5 nucleic acid encodes a polypeptide sharing at least 75% sequence identity, more preferably at least 80%, still more preferably at least 85%, even more preferably at 90%, and most preferably 95%, with the huMAb4D5 amino acid sequence. Preferably, a nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes to the huMAb4D5 nucleic acid contains at least 20, more preferably 40, and most preferably 90 bases. Such hybridizing or complementary nucleic acid, however, is further defined as being novel under 35 U.S.C. 102 and unobvious under 35 U.S.C. 103 over any prior art nucleic acid.
  • Stringent conditions are those that (1) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example, 0.015 M NaCl/0.0015 M sodium citrate/O/l % NaDodSO4 at 50° C.; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent such as formamide, for example, 50% (vol/vol) formamide with 0.1% bovine serum albumin/0/1% Ficoll/0/1% polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM NaCl, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42° C.; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5×SSC (0.75 M NaCl, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1% sodium pyrophosphate, 5× Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 g/ml), 0.1% SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42 C, with washes at 42 C in 0.2×SSC and 0.1% SDS.
  • The term “control sequences” refers to DNA sequences necessary for the expression of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. The control sequences that are suitable for prokaryotes, for example, include a promoter, optionally an operator sequence, a ribosome binding site, and possibly, other as yet poorly understood sequences. Eukaryotic cells are known to utilize promoters, polyadenylation signals, and enhancers.
  • Nucleic acid is “operably linked” when it is placed into a functional relationship with another nucleic acid sequence. For example, DNA for a presequence or secretory leader is operably linked to DNA for a polypeptide if it is expressed as a preprotein that participates in the secretion of the polypeptide; a promoter or enhancer is operably linked to a coding sequence if it affects the transcription of the sequence; or a ribosome binding site is operably linked to a coding sequence if it is positioned so as to facilitate translation. Generally, “operably linked” means that the DNA sequences being linked are contiguous and, in the case of a secretory leader, contiguous and in reading phase. However enhancers do not have to be contiguous. Linking is accomplished by ligation at convenient restriction sites. If such sites do not exist, then synthetic oligonucleotide adaptors or linkers are used in accord with conventional practice.
  • An “exogenous” element is defined herein to mean nucleic acid sequence that is foreign to the cell, or homologous to the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the element is ordinarily not found.
  • As used herein, the expressions “cell,” “cell line,” and “cell culture” are used interchangeably and all such designations include progeny. Thus, the words “transformants” and “transformed cells” include the primary subject cell and cultures derived therefrom without regard for the number of transfers. It is also understood that all progeny may not be precisely identical in DNA content, due to deliberate or inadvertent mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened for in the originally transformed cell are included. Where distinct designations are intended, it will be clear from the context.
  • “Oligonucleotides” are short-length, single- or double-stranded polydeoxynucleotides that are chemically synthesized by known methods (such as phosphotriester, phosphite, or phosphoramidite chemistry, using solid phase techniques such as described in EP 266,032 published 4 May 1988, or via deoxynucleoside H-phosphonate intermediates as described by Froehler et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 14: 5399-5407 [1986]). They are then purified on polyacrylamide gels.
  • The technique of “polymerase chain reaction,” or “PCR,” as used herein generally refers to a procedure wherein minute amounts of a specific piece of nucleic acid, RNA and/or DNA, are amplified as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,195 issued 28 Jul. 1987. Generally, sequence information from the ends of the region of interest or beyond needs to be available, such that oligonucleotide primers can be designed; these primers will be identical or similar in sequence to opposite strands of the template to be amplified. The 5′ terminal nucleotides of the two primers may coincide with the ends of the amplified material. PCR can be used to amplify specific RNA sequences, specific DNA sequences from total genomic DNA, and cDNA transcribed from total cellular. RNA, bacteriophage or plasmid sequences, etc. See generally Mullis et al., Cold Spring Harbor Symp. Quant. Biol., 51: 263 (1987); Erlich, ed., PCR Technology, (Stockton Press, NY, 1989). As used herein, PCR is considered to be one, but not the only, example of a nucleic acid polymerase reaction method for amplifying a nucleic acid test sample, comprising the use of a known nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) as a primer and utilizes a nucleic acid polymerase to amplify or generate a specific piece of nucleic acid or to amplify or generate a specific piece of nucleic acid which is complementary to a particular nucleic acid.
    • Suitable Methods for Practicing the Invention
  • Some aspects of this invention include obtaining an import, non-human antibody variable domain, producing a desired humanized antibody sequence and for humanizing an antibody gene sequence are described below. A particularly preferred method of changing a gene sequence, such as gene conversion from a non-human or consensus sequence into a humanized nucleic acid sequence, is the cassette mutagenesis procedure described in Example 1. Additionally, methods are given for obtaining and producing antibodies generally, which apply equally to native non-human antibodies as well as to humanized antibodies.
  • Generally, the antibodies and antibody variable domains of this invention are conventionally prepared in recombinant cell culture, as described in more detail below. Recombinant synthesis is preferred for reasons of safety and economy, but it is known to prepare peptides by chemical synthesis and to purify them from natural sources; such preparations are included within the definition of antibodies herein.
  • Molecular Modeling
  • An integral step in our approach to antibody humanization is construction of computer graphics models of the import and humanized antibodies. These models are used to determine if the six complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) can be successfully transplanted from the import framework to a human one and to determine which framework residues from the import antibody, if any, need to be incorporated into the humanized antibody in order to maintain CDR conformation. In addition, analysis of the sequences of the import and humanized antibodies and reference to the models can help to discern which framework residues are unusual and thereby might be involved in antigen binding or maintenance of proper antibody structure.
  • All of the humanized antibody models of this invention are based on a single three-dimensional computer graphics structure hereafter referred to as the consensus structure. This consensus structure is a key distinction from the approach of previous workers in the field, who typically begin by selecting a human antibody structure which has an amino acid sequence which is similar to the sequence of their import antibody.
  • The consensus structure of one embodiment of this invention was built in five steps as described below.
  • Step 1: Seven Fab X-ray crystal structures from the Brookhaven Protein Data Bank were used (entries 2FB4, 2RHE, 3FAB, and 1REI which are human structures, and 2MCP, 1FBJ, and 2HFL which are murine structures). For each structure, protein mainchain geometry and hydrogen bonding patterns were used to assign each residue to one of three secondary structure types: alpha-helix, beta-strand or other (i.e. non-helix and non-strand). The immunoglobulin residues used in superpositioning and those included in the consensus structure are shown in Table 1.
    TABLE 1
    Immunoglobulin Residues Used in Superpositioning
    and Those Included in the Consensus Structure
    VLκ domain
    Iga 2FB4 2RHE 2MCP 3FAB 1FBJ 2HFL 1REI Consensusb
     2-11
    18-24 18-24 19-25 18-24 19-25 19-25 19-25 16-27
    32-37 34-39 39-44 32-37 32-37 32-37 33-38 33-39
    41-49
    60-66 62-68 67-72 53-66 60-65 60-65 61-66 59-77
    69-74 71-76 76-81 69-74 69-74 69-74 70-75
    84-88 86-90 91-95 84-88 84-88 84-88 85-89 82-91
    101-105
    RMSc 0.40 0.60 0.53 0.54 0.48 0.50
    VH domain
    Iga 2FB4 2MCP 3FAB 1FBJ 2HFL Consensusb
    3-8
    18-25 18-25 18-25 18-25 18-25 17-23
    34-39 34-39 34-39 34-39 34-39 33-41
    46-52 46-52 46-52 46-52 46-52 45-51
    57-61 59-63 56-60 57-61 57-61 57-61
    68-71 70-73 67-70 68-71 68-71 66-71
    78-84 80-86 77-83 78-84 78-84 75-82
    92-99  94-101 91-98 92-99 92-99 88-94
    102-108
    RMSc 0.43 0.85 0.62 0.91
    RMSd 0.91 0.73 0.77 0.92

    aFour-letter code for Protein Data Bank file.

    bResidue numbers for the crystal structures are taken from the Protein Data Bank files. Residue numbers for the consensus structure are according to Kabat et al.

    cRoot-mean-square deviation in Å for (N, Cα, C) atoms superimposed on 2FB4.

    dRoot-mean-square deviation in Å for (N, Cα, C) atoms superimposed on 2HFL.
  • Step 2: Having identified the alpha-helices and beta-strands in each of the seven structures, the structures were superimposed on one another using the INSIGHT computer program (Biosym Technologies, San Diego, Calif.) as follows: The 2FB4 structure was arbitrarily chosen as the template (or reference) structure. The 2FB4 was held fixed in space and the other six structures rotated and translated in space so that their common secondary structural elements (i.e. alpha-helices and beta-strands) were oriented such that these common elements were as close in position to one another as possible. (This superpositioning was performed using accepted mathematical formulae rather than actually physically moving the structures by hand.)
  • Step 3: With the seven structures thus superimposed, for each residue in the template (2FB4) Fab one calculates the distance from the template alpha-carbon atom (Cα) to the analogous Cα atom in each of the other six superimposed structures. This results in a table of Cα-Cα distances for each residue position in the sequence. Such a table is necessary in order to determine which residue positions will be included in the consensus model. Generally, if all Cα-Cα distances for a given residue position were ≦1.0 Å, that position was included in the consensus structure. If for a given position only one Fab crystal structure was >1.0 Å, the position was included but the outlying crystal structure was not included in the next step (for this position only). In general, the seven β-strands were included in the consensus structure while some of the loops connecting the β-strands, e.g. complementarity-determining regions (CDRs), were not included in view of Cα divergence.
  • Step 4: For each residue which was included in the consensus structure after step 3, the average of the coordinates for individual mainchain N, Cα, C, O and Cβ atoms were calculated. Due to the averaging procedure, as well as variation in bond length, bond angle and dihedral angle among the crystal structures, this “average” structure contained some bond lengths and angles which deviated from standard geometry. For purposes of this invention, “standard geometry” is understood to include geometries commonly accepted as typical, such as the compilation of bond lengths and angles from small molecule structures in Weiner, S. J. et. al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 106: 765-784 (1984).
  • Step 5: In order to correct these deviations, the final step was to subject the “average” structure to 50 cycles of energy minimization (DISCOVER program, Biosym Technologies) using the AMBER (Weiner, S. J. et. al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 106: 765-784 (1984)) parameter set with only the Cα coordinates fixed (i.e. all other atoms are allowed to move) (energy minimization is described below). This allowed any deviant bond lengths and angles to assume a standard (chemically acceptable) geometry. See Table II.
    TABLE II
    Average Bond Lengths and Angles for “Average” (Before)
    and Energy-Minimized Consensus (After 50 Cycles) Structures
    VLκ VLκ VH VH Standard
    before after before after Geometry
    (Å) (Å) (Å) (Å) (Å)
    N—Cα 1.459(0.012) 1.451(0.004) 1.451(0.023) 1.452(0.004) 1.449
    Cα-C 1.515(0.012) 1.523(0.005) 1.507(0.033) 1.542(0.005) 1.522
    O═C 1.208(0.062) 1.229(0.003) 1.160(0.177) 1.231(0.003) 1.229
    C—N 1.288(0.049) 1.337(0.002) 1.282(0.065) 1.335(0.004) 1.335
    Cα-Cβ 1.508(0.026) 1.530(0.002) 1.499(0.039) 1.530(0.002) 1.526
    (•) (•) (•) (•) (•)
    C—N—Cα 123.5(4.2) 123.8(1.1) 125.3(4.6) 124.0(1.1) 121.9
    N—Cα-C 110.0(4.0) 109.5(1.9) 110.3(2.8) 109.5(1.6) 110.1
    Cα-C—N 116.6(4.0) 116.6(1.2) 117.6(5.2) 116.6(0.8) 116.6
    O═C—N 123.1(4.1) 123.4(0.6) 122.2(4.9) 123.3(0.4) 122.9
    N—Cα-Cβ 110.3(2.1) 109.8(0.7) 110.6(2.5) 109.8(0.6) 109.5
    Cβ-Cα-C 111.4(2.4) 111.1(0.7) 111.2(2.2) 111.1(0.6) 111.1

    Values in parentheses arc standard deviations. Note that while some bond length and angle averages did not change appreciably after energy-minimization, the corresponding standard deviations are reduced due to deviant geometries assuming standard values after energy-minimization. Standard geometry values are from the AMBER forcefield as implemented in DISCOVER (Biosym Technologies).
  • The consensus structure might conceivably be dependent upon which crystal structure was chosen as the template on which the others were superimposed. As a test, the entire procedure was repeated using the crystal structure with the worst superposition versus 2FB4, i.e. the 2HFL Fab structure, as the new template (reference). The two consensus structures compare favorably (root-mean-squared deviation of 0.11 Å for all N, Cα and C atoms).
  • Note that the consensus structure only includes mainchain (N, Cα, C, O, Cβ atoms) coordinates for only those residues which are part of a conformation common to all seven X-ray crystal structures. For the Fab structures, these include the common β-strands (which comprise two β-sheets) and a few non-CDR loops which connect these β-strands. The consensus structure does not include CDRs or sidechains, both of which vary in their conformation among the seven structures. Also, note that the consensus structure includes only the VL and VH domains.
  • This consensus structure is used as the archetype. It is not particular to any species, and has only the basic shape without side chains. Starting with this consensus structure the model of any import, human, or humanized Fab can be constructed as follows. Using the amino acid sequence of the particular antibody VL and VH domains of interest, a computer graphics program (such as INSIGHT, Biosym Technologies) is used to add sidechains and CDRs to the consensus structure. When a sidechain is added, its conformation is chosen on the basis of known Fab crystal structures (see the Background section for publications of such crystal structures) and rotamer libraries (Ponder, J. W. & Richards, F. M., J. Mol. Biol. 193: 775-791 (1987)). The model also is constructed so that the atoms of the sidechain are positioned so as to not collide with other atoms in the Fab.
  • CDRs are added to the model (now having the backbone plus side chains) as follows. The size (i.e. number of amino acids) of each import CDR is compared to canonical CDR structures tabulated by Chothia et al., Nature, 342:877-883 (1989)) and which were derived from Fab crystals. Each CDR sequence is also reviewed for the presence or absence of certain specific amino acid residues which are identified by Chothia as structurally important: e.g. light chain residues 29 (CDR1) and 95 (CDR3), and heavy chain residues 26, 27, 29 (CDR1) and 55 (CDR2). For light chain CDR2, and heavy chain CDR3, only the size of the CDR is compared to the Chothia canonical structure. If the size and sequence (i.e. inclusion of the specific, structurally important residues as denoted by Chothia et al.) of the import CDR agrees in size and has the same structurally important residues as those of a canonical CDR, then the mainchain conformation of the import CDR in the model is taken to be the same as that of the canonical CDR. This means that the import sequence is assigned the structural configuration of the canonical CDR, which is then incorporated in the evolving model.
  • However, if no matching canonical CDR can be assigned for the import CDR, then one of two options can be exercised. First, using a program such as INSIGHT (Biosym Technologies), the Brookhaven Protein Data Bank can be searched for loops with a similar size to that of the import CDR and these loops can be evaluated as possible conformations for the import CDR in the model. Minimally, such loops must exhibit a conformation in which no loop atom overlaps with other protein atoms. Second, one can use available programs which calculate possible loop conformations, assuming a given loop size, using methods such as described by Bruccoleri et al., Nature 335: 564-568 (1988).
  • When all CDRs and sidechains have been added to the consensus structure to give the final model (import, human or humanized), the model is preferably subjected to energy minimization using programs which are available commercially (e.g. DISCOVER, Biosym Technologies). This technique uses complex mathematical formulae to refine the model by performing such tasks as checking that all atoms are within appropriate distances from one another and checking that bond lengths and angles are within chemically acceptable limits.
  • Models of a humanized, import or human antibody sequence are used in the practice of this invention to understand the impact of selected amino acid residues of the activity of the sequence being modeled. For example, such a model can show residues which may be important in antigen binding, or for maintaining the conformation of the antibody, as discussed in more detail below. Modeling can also be used to explore the potential impact of changing any amino acid residue in the antibody sequence.
  • Methods for Obtaining a Humanized Antibody Sequence
  • In the practice of this invention, the first step in humanizing an import antibody is deriving a consensus amino acid sequence into which to incorporate the import sequences. Next a model is generated for these sequences using the methods described above. In certain embodiments of this invention, the consensus human sequences are derived from the most abundant subclasses in the sequence compilation of Kabat et al. (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)), namely VL K subgroup I and VH group III, and have the sequences indicated in the definitions above.
  • While these steps may be taken in different order, typically a structure for the candidate humanized antibody is created by transferring the at least one CDR from the non-human, import sequence into the consensus human structure, after the entire corresponding human CDR has been removed. The humanized antibody may contain human replacements of the non-human import residues at positions within CDRs as defined by sequence variability (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1 987)) or as defined by structural variability (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)). For example, huMAb4D5 contains human replacements of the muMAb4D5 residues at three positions within CDRs as defined by sequence variability (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) but not as defined by structural variability (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)): VL-CDR1 K24R, VL-CDR2 R54L and VL-CDR2 T56S.
  • Differences between the non-human import and the human consensus framework residues are individually investigated to determine their possible influence on CDR conformation and/or binding to antigen. Investigation of such possible influences is desirably performed through modeling, by examination of the characteristics of the amino acids at particular locations, or determined experimentally through evaluating the effects of substitution or mutagenesis of particular amino acids.
  • In certain preferred embodiments of this invention, a humanized antibody is made comprising amino acid sequence of an import, non-human antibody and a human antibody, utilizing the steps of:
      • a. obtaining the amino acid sequences of at least a portion of an import antibody variable domain and of a consensus human variable domain;
      • b. identifying Complementarity Determining Region (CDR) amino acid sequences in the import and the human variable domain sequences,
      • c. substituting an import CDR amino acid sequence for the corresponding human CDR amino acid sequence;
      • d. aligning the amino acid sequences of a Framework Region (FR) of the import antibody and the corresponding FR of the consensus antibody;
      • e. identifying import antibody FR residues in the aligned FR sequences that are non-homologous to the corresponding consensus antibody residues;
      • f. determining if the non-homologous import amino acid residue is reasonably expected to have at least one of the following effects:
        • 1. non-covalently binds antigen directly,
        • 2. interacts with a CDR; or
        • 3. participates in the VL-VH interface; and
      • g. for any non-homologous import antibody amino acid residue which is reasonably expected to have at least one of these effects, substituting that residue for the corresponding amino acid residue in the consensus antibody FR sequence.
  • Optionally, one determines if any non-homologous residues identified in step (e) are exposed on the surface of the domain or buried within it, and if the residue is exposed but has none of the effects identified in step (f), one may retain the consensus residue.
  • Additionally, in certain embodiments the corresponding consensus antibody residues identified in step (e) above are selected from the group consisting of 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H (utilizing the numbering system set forth in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)).
  • In preferred embodiments, the method of this invention comprises the additional steps of searching either or both of the import, non-human and the consensus variable domain sequences for glycosylation sites, determining if the glycosylation is reasonably expected to be important for the desired antigen binding and biological activity of the antibody (i.e., determining if the glycosylation site binds to antigen or changes a side chain of an amino acid residue that binds to antigen, or if the glycosylation enhances or weakens antigen binding, or is important for maintaining antibody affinity). If the import sequence bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to substitute that site for the corresponding residues in the consensus human sequence if the glycosylation site is reasonably expected to be important. If only the consensus sequence, and not the import, bears the glycosylation site, it is preferred to eliminate that glycosylation site or substitute therefor the corresponding amino acid residues from the import sequence.
  • Another preferred embodiment of the methods of this invention comprises aligning import antibody and the consensus antibody FR sequences, identifying import antibody FR residues which are non-homologous with the aligned consensus FR sequence, and for each such non-homologous import antibody FR residue, determining if the corresponding consensus antibody residue represents a residue which is highly conserved across all species at that site, and if it is so conserved, preparing a humanized antibody which comprises the consensus antibody amino acid residue at that site.
  • In certain alternate embodiments, one need not utilize the modeling and evaluation steps described above, and may instead proceed with the steps of obtaining the amino acid sequence of at least a portion of an import, non-human antibody variable domain having a CDR and a FR, obtaining the amino acid sequence of at least a portion of a consensus human antibody variable domain having a CDR and a FR, substituting the non-human CDR for the human CDR in the consensus human antibody variable domain, and then substituting an amino acid residue for the consensus amino acid residue at at least one of the following sites:
      • a. (in the FR of the variable domain of the light chain) 4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 58L, 46L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 70L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, or
      • b. (in the FR of the variable domain of the heavy chain) 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H.
        Preferably, the non-CDR residue substituted at the consensus FR site is the residue found at the corresponding location of the non-human antibody. If desired, one may utilize the other method steps described above for determining whether a particular amino acid residue can reasonably be expected to have undesirable effects, and remedying those effects.
  • If after making a humanized antibody according to the steps above and testing its activity one is not satisfied with the humanized antibody, one preferably reexamines the potential effects of the amino acids at the specific locations recited above. Additionally, it is desirable to reinvestigate any buried residues which are reasonably expected to affect the VL-VH interface but may not directly affect CDR conformation. It is also desirable to reevaluate the humanized antibody utilizing the steps of the methods claimed herein.
  • In certain embodiments of this invention, amino acid residues in the consensus human sequence are substituted for by other amino acid residues. In preferred embodiments, residues from a particular non-human import sequence are substituted, however there are circumstances where it is desired to evaluate the effects of other amino acids. For example, if after making a humanized antibody according to the steps above and testing its activity one is not satisfied with the humanized antibody, one may compare the sequences of other classes or subgroups of human antibodies, or classes or subgroups of antibodies from the particular non-human species, and determine which other amino acid side chains and amino acid residues are found at particular locations and substituting such other residues.
  • Antibodies
  • Certain aspects of this invention are directed to natural antibodies and to monoclonal antibodies, as illustrated in the Examples below and by antibody hybridomas deposited with the ATCC (as described below). Thus, the references throughout this description to the use of monoclonal antibodies are intended to include the use of natural or native antibodies as well as humanized and chimeric antibodies. As used herein, the term “antibody” includes the antibody variable domain and other separable antibody domains unless specifically excluded.
  • In accordance with certain aspects of this invention, antibodies to be humanized (import antibodies) are isolated from continuous hybrid cell lines formed by the fusion of antigen-primed immune lymphocytes with myeloma cells.
  • In certain embodiments, the antibodies of this invention are obtained by routine screening. Polyclonal antibodies to an antigen generally are raised in animals by multiple subcutaneous (sc) or intraperitoneal (ip) injections of the antigen and an adjuvant. It may be useful to conjugate the antigen or a fragment containing the target amino acid sequence to a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized, e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor using a bifunctional or derivatizing agent, for example, maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N-hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCl2, or R1N═C═NR, where R and R1 are different alkyl groups.
  • The route and schedule of the host animal or cultured antibody-producing cells therefrom are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production. While mice are frequently employed as the test model, it is contemplated that any mammalian subject including human subjects or antibody-producing cells obtained therefrom can be manipulated according to the processes of this invention to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human, hybrid cell lines.
  • Animals are typically immunized against the immunogenic conjugates or derivatives by combining 1 mg or 1 μg of conjugate (for rabbits or mice, respectively) with 3 volumes of Freund's complete adjuvant and injecting the solution intradermally at multiple sites. One month later the animals are boosted with ⅕ to 1/10 the original amount of conjugate in Freund's complete adjuvant (or other suitable adjuvant) by subcutaneous injection at multiple sites. 7 to 14 days later animals are bled and the serum is assayed for antigen titer. Animals are boosted until the titer plateaus. Preferably, the animal is boosted with the conjugate of the same antigen, but conjugated to a different protein and/or through a different cross-linking agent. Conjugates also can be made in recombinant cell culture as protein fusions. Also, aggregating agents such as alum are used to enhance the immune response.
  • After immunization, monoclonal antibodies are prepared by recovering immune lymphoid cells—typically spleen cells or lymphocytes from lymph node tissue—from immunized animals and immortalizing the cells in conventional fashion, e.g. by fusion with myeloma cells or by Epstein-Barr (EB)-virus transformation and screening for clones expressing the desired antibody. The hybridoma technique described originally by Kohler and Milstein, Eur. J. Immunol. 6:511 (1976) has been widely applied to produce hybrid cell lines that secrete high levels of monoclonal antibodies against many specific antigens.
  • It is possible to fuse cells of one species with another. However, it is preferable that the source of the immunized antibody producing cells and the myeloma be from the same species.
  • The hybrid cell lines can be maintained in culture in vitro in cell culture media. The cell lines of this invention can be selected and/or maintained in a composition comprising the continuous cell line in hypoxanthine-aminopterin thymidine (HAT) medium. In fact, once the hybridoma cell line is established, it can be maintained on a variety of nutritionally adequate media. Moreover, the hybrid cell lines can be stored and preserved in any number of conventional ways, including freezing and storage under liquid nitrogen. Frozen cell lines can be revived and cultured indefinitely with resumed synthesis and secretion of monoclonal antibody. The secreted antibody is recovered from tissue culture supernatant by conventional methods such as precipitation, Ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, or the like. The antibodies described herein are also recovered from hybridoma cell cultures by conventional methods for purification of IgG or IgM as the case may be that heretofore have been used to purify these immunoglobulins from pooled plasma, e.g. ethanol or polyethylene glycol precipitation procedures. The purified antibodies are sterile filtered, and optionally are conjugated to a detectable marker such as an enzyme or spin label for use in diagnostic assays of the antigen in test samples.
  • While routinely rodent monoclonal antibodies are used as the source of the import antibody, the invention is not limited to any species. Additionally, techniques developed for the production of chimeric antibodies (Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 81:6851 (1984); Neuberger et al., Nature 312:604 (1984); Takeda et al., Nature 314:452 (1985)) by splicing the genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity (such as ability to activate human complement and mediate ADCC) can be used; such antibodies are within the scope of this invention.
  • Techniques for creating recombinant DNA versions of the antigen-binding regions of antibody molecules (known as Fab fragments) which bypass the generation of monoclonal antibodies are encompassed within the practice of this invention. One extracts antibody-specific messenger RNA molecules from immune system cells taken from an immunized animal, transcribes these into complementary DNA (cDNA), and clones the cDNA into a bacterial expressions system. One example of such a technique suitable for the practice of this invention was developed by researchers at Scripps/Stratagene, and incorporates a proprietary bacteriophage lambda vector system which contains a leader sequence that causes the expressed Fab protein to migrate to the periplasmic space (between the bacterial cell membrane and the cell wall) or to be secreted. One can rapidly generate and screen great numbers of functional FAb fragments for those which bind the antigen. Such FAb fragments with specificity for the antigen are specifically encompassed within the term “antibody” as it is defined, discussed, and claimed herein.
  • Amino Acid Sequence Variants
  • Amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies and polypeptides of this invention (referred to in herein as the target polypeptide) are prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into the DNA encoding the target polypeptide, or by in vitro synthesis of the desired target polypeptide. Such variants include, for example, humanized variants of non-human antibodies, as well as deletions from, or insertions or substitutions of, residues within particular amino acid sequences. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics. The amino acid changes also may alter post-translational processes of the target polypeptide, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites, altering any membrane anchoring characteristics, and/or altering the intra-cellular location of the target polypeptide by inserting, deleting, or otherwise affecting any leader sequence of the native target polypeptide.
  • In designing amino acid sequence variants of target polypeptides, the location of the mutation site and the nature of the mutation will depend on the target polypeptide characteristic(s) to be modified. The sites for mutation can be modified individually or in series, e.g., by (1) substituting first with conservative amino acid choices and then with more radical selections depending upon the results achieved, (2) deleting the target residue, or (3) inserting residues of the same or a different class adjacent to the located site, or combinations of options 1-3. In certain embodiments, these choices are guided by the methods for creating humanized sequences set forth above.
  • A useful method for identification of certain residues or regions of the target polypeptide that are preferred locations for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells (Science, 244: 1081-1085 [1989]). Here, a residue or group of target residues are identified (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (most preferably alanine or polyalanine) to affect the interaction of the amino acids with the surrounding aqueous environment in or outside the cell. Those domains demonstrating functional sensitivity to the substitutions then are refined by introducing further or other variants at or for the sites of substitution. Thus, while the site for introducing an amino acid sequence variation is predetermined, the nature of the mutation per se need not be predetermined. For example, to optimize the performance of a mutation at a given site, ala scanning or random mutagenesis may be conducted at the target codon or region and the expressed target polypeptide variants are screened for the optimal combination of desired activity.
  • There are two principal variables in the construction of amino acid sequence variants: the location of the mutation site and the nature of the mutation. In general, the location and nature of the mutation chosen will depend upon the target polypeptide characteristic to be modified.
  • Amino acid sequence deletions of antibodies are generally not preferred, as maintaining the generally configuration of an antibody is believed to be necessary for its activity. Any deletions will be selected so as to preserve the structure of the target antibody.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Intrasequence insertions (i.e., insertions within the target polypeptide sequence) may range generally from about 1 to 10 residues, more preferably 1 to 5, most preferably 1 to 3. Examples of terminal insertions include the target polypeptide with an N-terminal methionyl residue, an artifact of the direct expression of target polypeptide in bacterial recombinant cell culture, and fusion of a heterologous N-terminal signal sequence to the N-terminus of the target polypeptide molecule to facilitate the secretion of the mature target polypeptide from recombinant host cells. Such signal sequences generally will be obtained from, and thus homologous to, the intended host cell species. Suitable sequences include STII or Ipp for E. coli, alpha factor for yeast, and viral signals such as herpes gD for mammalian cells.
  • Other insertional variants of the target polypeptide include the fusion to the N— or C-terminus of the target polypeptide of immunogenic polypeptides, e.g., bacterial polypeptides such as beta-lactamase or an enzyme encoded by the E. coli trp locus, or yeast protein, and C-terminal fusions with proteins having a long half-life such as immunoglobulin constant regions (or other immunoglobulin regions), albumin, or ferritin, as described in WO 89/02922 published 6 Apr. 1989.
  • Another group of variants are amino acid substitution variants. These variants have at least one amino acid residue in the target polypeptide molecule removed and a different residue inserted in its place. The sites of greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include sites identified as the active site(s) of the target polypeptide, and sites where the amino acids found in the target polypeptide from various species are substantially different in terms of side-chain bulk, charge, and/or hydrophobicity. Other sites for substitution are described infra, considering the effect of the substitution of the antigen binding, affinity and other characteristics of a particular target antibody.
  • Other sites of interest are those in which particular residues of the target polypeptides obtained from various species are identical. These positions may be important for the biological activity of the target polypeptide. These sites, especially those falling within a sequence of at least three other identically conserved sites, are substituted in a relatively conservative manner. If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then other changes are introduced and the products screened until the desired effect is obtained.
  • Substantial modifications in function or immunological identity of the target polypeptide are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side chain properties:
    • (1) hydrophobic: norleucine, met, ala, val, leu, ile;
    • (2) neutral hydrophilic: cys, ser, thr;
    • (3) acidic: asp, glu;
    • (4) basic: asn, gin, his, lys, arg;
    • (5) residues that influence chain orientation: gly, pro; and
    • (6) aromatic: trp, tyr, phe.
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another. Such substituted residues may be introduced into regions of the target polypeptide that are homologous with other antibodies of the same class or subclass, or, more preferably, into the non-homologous regions of the molecule.
  • Any cysteine residues not involved in maintaining the proper conformation of target polypeptide also may be substituted, generally with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent aberrant crosslinking.
  • DNA encoding amino acid sequence variants of the target polypeptide is prepared by a variety of methods known in the art. These methods include, but are not limited to, isolation from a natural source (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants) or preparation by oligonucleotide-mediated (or site-directed) mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and cassette mutagenesis of an earlier prepared variant or a non-variant version of the target polypeptide. A particularly preferred method of gene conversion mutagenesis is described below in Example 1. These techniques may utilized target polypeptide nucleic acid (DNA or RNA), or nucleic acid complementary to the target polypeptide nucleic acid.
  • Oligonucleotide-mediated mutagenesis is a preferred method for preparing substitution, deletion, and insertion variants of target polypeptide DNA. This technique is well known in the art as described by Adelman et al., DNA, 2: 183 (1983). Briefly, the target polypeptide DNA is altered by hybridizing an oligonucleotide encoding the desired mutation to a DNA template, where the template is the single-stranded form of a plasmid or bacteriophage containing the unaltered or native DNA sequence of the target polypeptide. After hybridization, a DNA polymerase is used to synthesize an entire second complementary strand of the template that will thus incorporate the oligonucleotide primer, and will code for the selected alteration in the target polypeptide DNA.
  • Generally, oligonucleotides of at least 25 nucleotides in length are used. An optimal oligonucleotide will have 12 to 15 nucleotides that are completely complementary to the template on either side of the nucleotide(s) coding for the mutation. This ensures that the oligonucleotide will hybridize properly to the single-stranded DNA template molecule. The oligonucleotides are readily synthesized using techniques known in the art such as that described by Crea et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 75: 5765 [1978]).
  • Single-stranded DNA template may also be generated by denaturing double-stranded plasmid (or other) DNA using standard techniques.
  • For alteration of the native DNA sequence (to generate amino acid sequence variants, for example), the oligonucleotide is hybridized to the single-stranded template under suitable hybridization conditions. A DNA polymerizing enzyme, usually the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase 1, is then added to synthesize the complementary strand of the template using the oligonucleotide as a primer for synthesis. A heteroduplex molecule is thus formed such that one strand of DNA encodes the mutated form of the target polypeptide, and the other strand (the original template) encodes the native, unaltered sequence of the target polypeptide. This heteroduplex molecule is then transformed into a suitable host cell, usually a prokaryote such as E. coli JM101. After the cells are grown, they are plated onto agarose plates and screened using the oligonucleotide primer radiolabeled with 32-phosphate to identify the bacterial colonies that contain the mutated DNA. The mutated region is then removed and placed in an appropriate vector for protein production, generally an expression vector of the type typically employed for transformation of an appropriate host.
  • The method described immediately above may be modified such that a homoduplex molecule is created wherein both strands of the plasmid contain the mutation(s). The modifications are as follows: The single-stranded oligonucleotide is annealed to the single-stranded template as described above. A mixture of three deoxyribonucleotides, deoxyriboadenosine (dATP), deoxyriboguanosine (dGTP), and deoxyribothymidine (dTTP), is combined with a modified thio-deoxyribocytosine called dCTP-(aS) (which can be obtained from Amersham Corporation). This mixture is added to the template-oligonucleotide complex. Upon addition of DNA polymerase to this mixture, a strand of DNA identical to the template except for the mutated bases is generated. In addition, this new strand of DNA will contain dCTP-(aS) instead of dCTP, which serves to protect it from restriction endonuclease digestion.
  • After the template strand of the double-stranded heteroduplex is nicked with an appropriate restriction enzyme, the template strand can be digested with ExoIII nuclease or another appropriate nuclease past the region that contains the site(s) to be mutagenized. The reaction is then stopped to leave a molecule that is only partially single-stranded. A complete double-stranded DNA homoduplex is then formed using DNA polymerase in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates, ATP, and DNA ligase. This homoduplex molecule can then be transformed into a suitable host cell such as E. coli JM101, as described above.
  • DNA encoding target polypeptide variants with more than one amino acid to be substituted may be generated in one of several ways. If the amino acids are located close together in the polypeptide chain, they may be mutated simultaneously using one oligonucleotide that codes for all of the desired amino acid substitutions. If, however, the amino acids are located some distance from each other (separated by more than about ten amino acids), it is more difficult to generate a single oligonucleotide that encodes all of the desired changes. Instead, one of two alternative methods may be employed.
  • In the first method, a separate oligonucleotide is generated for each amino acid to be substituted. The oligonucleotides are then annealed to the single-stranded template DNA simultaneously, and the second strand of DNA that is synthesized from the template will encode all of the desired amino acid substitutions.
  • The alternative method involves two or more rounds of mutagenesis to produce the desired mutant. The first round is as described for the single mutants: wild-type DNA is used for the template, an oligonucleotide encoding the first desired amino acid substitution(s) is annealed to this template, and the heteroduplex DNA molecule is then generated. The second round of mutagenesis utilizes the mutated DNA produced in the first round of mutagenesis as the template. Thus, this template already contains one or more mutations. The oligonucleotide encoding the additional desired amino acid substitution(s) is then annealed to this template, and the resulting strand of DNA now encodes mutations from both the first and second rounds of mutagenesis. This resultant DNA can be used as a template in a third round of mutagenesis, and so on.
  • PCR mutagenesis is also suitable for making amino acid variants of target polypeptide. While the following discussion refers to DNA, it is understood that the technique also finds application with RNA. The PCR technique generally refers to the following procedure (see Erlich, supra, the chapter by R. Higuchi, p. 61-70): When small amounts of template DNA are used as starting material in a PCR, primers that differ slightly in sequence from the corresponding region in a template DNA can be used to generate relatively large quantities of a specific DNA fragment that differs from the template sequence only at the positions where the primers differ from the template. For introduction of a mutation into a plasmid DNA, one of the primers is designed to overlap the position of the mutation and to contain the mutation; the sequence of the other primer must be identical to a stretch of sequence of the opposite strand of the plasmid, but this sequence can be located anywhere along the plasmid DNA. It is preferred, however, that the sequence of the second primer is located within 200 nucleotides from that of the first, such that in the end the entire amplified region of DNA bounded by the primers can be easily sequenced. PCR amplification using a primer pair like the one just described results in a population of DNA fragments that differ at the position of the mutation specified by the primer, and possibly at other positions, as template copying is somewhat error-prone.
  • If the ratio of template to product material is extremely low, the vast majority of product DNA fragments incorporate the desired mutation(s). This product material is used to replace the corresponding region in the plasmid that served as PCR template using standard DNA technology. Mutations at separate positions can be introduced simultaneously by either using a mutant second primer, or performing a second PCR with different mutant primers and ligating the two resulting PCR fragments simultaneously to the vector fragment in a three (or more)-part ligation.
  • In a specific example of PCR mutagenesis, template plasmid DNA (1 μg) is linearized by digestion with a restriction endonuclease that has a unique recognition site in the plasmid DNA outside of the region to be amplified. Of this material, 100 ng is added to a PCR mixture containing PCR buffer, which contains the four deoxynucleotide tri-phosphates and is included in the GeneAmp® kits (obtained from Perkin-Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, Conn. and Emeryville, Calif.), and 25 pmole of each oligonucleotide primer, to a final volume of 50 μl. The reaction mixture is overlayed with 35 μl mineral oil. The reaction is denatured for 5 minutes at 100° C., placed briefly on ice, and then 1 μl Thermus aquaticus (Taq) DNA polymerase (5 units/μl, purchased from Perkin-Elmer Cetus, Norwalk, Conn. and Emeryville, Calif.) is added below the mineral oil layer. The reaction mixture is then inserted into a DNA Thermal Cycler (purchased from Perkin-Elmer Cetus) programmed as follows: 2 min. at 55° C., then 30 sec. at 72° C., then 19 cycles of the following: 30 sec. at 94° C., 30 sec. at 55° C., and 30 sec. at 72° C.
  • At the end of the program, the reaction vial is removed from the thermal cycler and the aqueous phase transferred to a new vial, extracted with phenol/chloroform (50:50:vol), and ethanol precipitated, and the DNA is recovered by standard procedures. This material is subsequently subjected to the appropriate treatments for insertion into a vector.
  • Another method for preparing variants, cassette mutagenesis, is based on the technique described by Wells et al. (Gene, 34: 315 [1985]). The starting material is the plasmid (or other vector) comprising the target polypeptide DNA to be mutated. The codon(s) in the target polypeptide DNA to be mutated are identified. There must be a unique restriction endonuclease site on each side of the identified mutation site(s). If no such restriction sites exist, they may be generated using the above-described oligonucleotide-mediated mutagenesis method to introduce them at appropriate locations in the target polypeptide DNA. After the restriction sites have been introduced into the plasmid, the plasmid is cut at these sites to linearize it. A double-stranded oligonucleotide encoding the sequence of the DNA between the restriction sites but containing the desired mutation(s) is synthesized using standard procedures. The two strands are synthesized separately and then hybridized together using standard techniques. This double-stranded oligonucleotide is referred to as the cassette. This cassette is designed to have 3′ and 5′ ends that are compatible with the ends of the linearized plasmid, such that it can be directly ligated to the plasmid. This plasmid now contains the mutated target polypeptide DNA sequence.
  • Insertion of DNA into a Cloning Vehicle
  • The cDNA or genomic DNA encoding the target polypeptide is inserted into a replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or for expression. Many vectors are available, and selection of the appropriate vector will depend on 1) whether it is to be used for DNA amplification or for DNA expression, 2) the size of the DNA to be inserted into the vector, and 3) the host cell to be transformed with the vector. Each vector contains various components depending on its function (amplification of DNA or expression of DNA) and the host cell for which it is compatible. The vector components generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a promoter, and a transcription termination sequence.
  • (a) Signal Sequence Component
  • In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the target polypeptide DNA that is inserted into the vector.
  • The target polypeptides of this invention may be expressed not only directly, but also as a fusion with a heterologous polypeptide, preferably a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the vector, or it may be a part of the target polypeptide DNA that is inserted into the vector. Included within the scope of this invention are target polypeptides with any native signal sequence deleted and replaced with a heterologous signal sequence. The heterologous signal sequence selected should be one that is recognized and processed (i.e. cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell. For prokaryotic host cells that do not recognize and process the native target polypeptide signal sequence, the signal sequence is substituted by a prokaryotic signal sequence selected, for example, from the group of the alkaline phosphatase, penicillinase, Ipp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II leaders. For yeast secretion the native target polypeptide signal sequence may be substituted by the yeast invertase, alpha factor, or acid phosphatase leaders. In mammalian cell expression the native signal sequence is satisfactory, although other mammalian signal sequences may be suitable.
  • (b) Origin of Replication Component
  • Both expression and cloning vectors contain a nucleic acid sequence that enables the vector to replicate in one or more selected host cells. Generally, in cloning vectors this sequence is one that enables the vector to replicate independently of the host chromosomal DNA, and includes origins of replication or autonomously replicating sequences. Such sequences are well known for a variety of bacteria, yeast, and viruses. The origin of replication from the plasmid pBR322 is suitable for most Gram-negative bacteria, the 2μ plasmid origin is suitable for yeast, and various viral origins (SV40, polyoma, adenovirus, VSV or BPV) are useful for cloning vectors in mammalian cells. Generally, the origin of replication component is not needed for mammalian expression vectors (the SV40 origin may typically be used only because it contains the early promoter).
  • Most expression vectors are “shuttle” vectors, i.e. they are capable of replication in at least one class of organisms but can be transfected into another organism for expression. For example, a vector is cloned in E. coli and then the same vector is transfected into yeast or mammalian cells for expression even though it is not capable of replicating independently of the host cell chromosome.
  • DNA may also be amplified by insertion into the host genome. This is readily accomplished using Bacillus species as hosts, for example, by including in the vector a DNA sequence that is complementary to a sequence found in Bacillus genomic DNA. Transfection of Bacillus with this vector results in homologous recombination with the genome and insertion of the target polypeptide DNA. However, the recovery of genomic DNA encoding the target polypeptide is more complex than that of an exogenously replicated vector because restriction enzyme digestion is required to excise the target polypeptide DNA.
  • (c) Selection Gene Component
  • Expression and cloning vectors should contain a selection gene, also termed a selectable marker. This gene encodes a protein necessary for the survival or growth of transformed host cells grown in a selective culture medium. Host cells not transformed with the vector containing the selection gene will not survive in the culture medium. Typical selection genes encode proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins, e.g. ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b) complement auxotrophic deficiencies, or (c) supply critical nutrients not available from complex media, e.g. the gene encoding D-alanine racemase for Bacilli.
  • One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully transformed with a heterologous gene express a protein conferring drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin (Southern et al., J. Molec. App. Genet., 1: 327 [1982]), mycophenolic acid (Mulligan et al., Science, 209: 1422 [1980]) or hygromycin (Sugden et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5: 410-413 [1985]). The three examples given above employ bacterial genes under eukaryotic control to convey resistance to the appropriate drug G418 or neomycin (geneticin), xgpt (mycophenolic acid), or hygromycin, respectively.
  • Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent to take up the target polypeptide nucleic acid, such as dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) or thymidine kinase. The mammalian cell transformants are placed under selection pressure which only the transformants are uniquely adapted to survive by virtue of having taken up the marker. Selection pressure is imposed by culturing the transformants under conditions in which the concentration of selection agent in the medium is successively changed, thereby leading to amplification of both the selection gene and the DNA that encodes the target polypeptide. Amplification is the process by which genes in greater demand for the production of a protein critical for growth are reiterated in tandem within the chromosomes of successive generations of recombinant cells. Increased quantities of the target polypeptide are synthesized from the amplified DNA.
  • For example, cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene are first identified by culturing all of the transformants in a culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive antagonist of DHFR. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in DHFR activity, prepared and propagated as described by Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4216 [1980]. The transformed cells are then exposed to increased levels of methotrexate. This leads to the synthesis of multiple copies of the DHFR gene, and, concomitantly, multiple copies of other DNA comprising the expression vectors, such as the DNA encoding the target polypeptide. This amplification technique can be used with any otherwise suitable host, e.g., ATCC No. CCL61 CHO-K1, notwithstanding the presence of endogenous DHFR if, for example, a mutant DHFR gene that is highly resistant to Mtx is employed (EP 117,060). Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that contain endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA sequences encoding the target polypeptide, wild-type DHFR protein, and another selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3′ phosphotransferase (APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a selection agent for the selectable marker such as an aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199.
  • A suitable selection gene for use in yeast is the trp1 gene present in the yeast plasmid YRp7 (Stinchcomb et al., Nature, 282: 39 [1979]; Kingsman et al., Gene, 7: 141 [1979]; or Tschemper et al., Gene, 10: 157 [1980]). The trp1 gene provides a selection marker for a mutant strain of yeast lacking the ability to grow in tryptophan, for example, ATCC No. 44076 or PEP4-1 (Jones, Genetics, 85: 12 [1977]). The presence of the trp1 lesion in the yeast host cell genome then provides an effective environment for detecting transformation by growth in the absence of tryptophan. Similarly, Leu2-deficient yeast strains (ATCC 20,622 or 38,626) are complemented by known plasmids bearing the Leu2 gene.
  • (d) Promoter Component
  • Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to the target polypeptide nucleic acid. Promoters are untranslated sequences located upstream (5′) to the start codon of a structural gene (generally within about 100 to 1000 bp) that control the transcription and translation of a particular nucleic acid sequence, such as that encoding the target polypeptide, to which they are operably linked. Such promoters typically fall into two classes, inducible and constitutive. Inducible promoters are promoters that initiate increased levels of transcription from DNA under their control in response to some change in culture conditions, e.g. the presence or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature. At this time a large number of promoters recognized by a variety of potential host cells are well known. These promoters are operably linked to DNA encoding the target polypeptide by removing the promoter from the source DNA by restriction enzyme digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the vector. Both the native target polypeptide promoter sequence and many heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or expression of the target polypeptide DNA. However, heterologous promoters are preferred, as they generally permit greater transcription and higher yields of expressed target polypeptide as compared to the native target polypeptide promoter.
  • Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include the β-lactamase and lactose promoter systems (Chang et al., Nature, 275: 615 [1978]; and Goeddel et al., Nature, 281: 544 [1979]), alkaline phosphatase, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system (Goeddel, Nucleic Acids Res., 8: 4057 [1980] and EP 36,776) and hybrid promoters such as the tac promoter (deBoer et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80: 21-25 [1983]). However, other known bacterial promoters are suitable. Their nucleotide sequences have been published, thereby enabling a skilled worker operably to ligate them to DNA encoding the target polypeptide (Siebenlist et al., Cell, 20: 269 [1980]) using linkers or adaptors to supply any required restriction sites. Promoters for use in bacterial systems also generally will contain a Shine-Dalgarno (S.D.) sequence operably linked to the DNA encoding the target polypeptide.
  • Suitable promoting sequences for use with yeast hosts include the promoters for 3-phosphoglycerate kinase (Hitzeman et al., J. Biol. Chem., 255: 2073 [1980]) or other glycolytic enzymes (Hess et al., J. Adv. Enzyme Reg., 7: 149 [1968]; and Holland, Biochemistry, 17: 4900 [1978]), such as enolase, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, hexokinase, pyruvate decarboxylase, phosphofructokinase, glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 3-phosphoglycerate mutase, pyruvate kinase, triosephosphate isomerase, phosphoglucose isomerase, and glucokinase.
  • Other yeast promoters, which are inducible promoters having the additional advantage of transcription controlled by growth conditions, are the promoter regions for alcohol dehydrogenase 2, isocytochrome C, acid phosphatase, degradative enzymes associated with nitrogen metabolism, metallothionein, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase, and enzymes responsible for maltose and galactose utilization. Suitable vectors and promoters for use in yeast expression are further described in Hitzeman et al., EP 73,657A. Yeast enhancers also are advantageously used with yeast promoters.
  • Promoter sequences are known for eukaryotes. Virtually all eukaryotic genes have an AT-rich region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site where transcription is initiated. Another sequence found 70 to 80 bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a CXCAAT region where X may be any nucleotide. At the 3′ end of most eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for addition of the poly A tail to the 3′ end of the coding sequence. All of these sequences are suitably inserted into mammalian expression vectors.
  • Target polypeptide transcription from vectors in mammalian host cells is controlled by promoters obtained from the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus (UK 2,211,504 published 5 Jul. 1989), adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and most preferably Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters, e.g. the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from heat-shock promoters, and from the promoter normally associated with the target polypeptide sequence, provided such promoters are compatible with the host cell systems.
  • The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also contains the SV40 viral origin of replication. Fiers et al., Nature, 273:113 (1978); Mulligan and Berg, Science, 209: 1422-1427 (1980); Pavlakis et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78: 7398-7402 (1981). The immediate early promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a HindIII E restriction fragment. Greenaway et al., Gene, 18: 355-360 (1982). A system for expressing DNA in mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,419,446. A modification of this system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,601,978. See also Gray et al., Nature, 295: 503-508 (1982) on expressing cDNA encoding immune interferon in monkey cells;, Reyes et al., Nature, 297: 598-601 (1982) on expression of human β-interferon cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase promoter from herpes simplex virus, Canaani and Berg, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 79: 5166-5170 (1982) on expression of the human interferon β1 gene in cultured mouse and rabbit cells, and Gorman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 79: 6777-6781 (1982) on expression of bacterial CAT sequences in CV-1 monkey kidney cells, chicken embryo fibroblasts, Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, and mouse NIH-3T3 cells using the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat as a promoter.
  • (e) Enhancer Element Component
  • Transcription of DNA encoding the target polypeptide of this invention by higher eukaryotes is often increased by inserting an enhancer sequence into the vector. Enhancers are cis-acting elements of DNA, usually about from 10-300 bp, that act on a promoter to increase its transcription. Enhancers are relatively orientation and position independent having been found 5′ (Laimins et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 78: 993 [1981]) and 3′ (Lusky et al., Mol. Cell Bio., 3: 1108 [1983]) to the transcription unit, within an intron (Banerji et al., Cell, 33: 729 [1983]) as well as within the coding sequence itself (Osborne et al., Mol. Cell Bio., 4: 1293 [1984]). Many enhancer sequences are now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin, α-fetoprotein and insulin). Typically, however, one will use an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40 enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270), the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus enhancers. See also Yaniv, Nature, 297: 17-18 (1982) on enhancing elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may be spliced into the vector at a position 5′ or 3′ to the target polypeptide DNA, but is preferably located at a site 5′ from the promoter.
  • (f) Transcription Termination Component
  • Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells (yeast, fungi, insect, plant, animal, human, or nucleated cells from other multicellular organisms) will also contain sequences necessary for the termination of transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are commonly available from the 5′ and, occasionally 3′ untranslated regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding the target polypeptide. The 3′ untranslated regions also include transcription termination sites.
  • Construction of suitable vectors containing one or more of the above listed components the desired coding and control sequences employs standard ligation techniques. Isolated plasmids or DNA fragments are cleaved, tailored, and religated in the form desired to generate the plasmids required.
  • For analysis to confirm correct sequences in plasmids constructed, the ligation mixtures are used to transform E. coli K12 strain 294 (ATCC 31,446) and successful transformants selected by ampicillin or tetracycline resistance where appropriate. Plasmids from the transformants are prepared, analyzed by restriction endonuclease digestion, and/or sequenced by the method of Messing et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 9: 309 (1981) or by the method of Maxam et al., Methods in Enzymology, 65: 499 (1980).
  • Particularly useful in the practice of this invention are expression vectors that provide for the transient expression in mammalian cells of DNA encoding the target polypeptide. In general, transient expression involves the use of an expression vector that is able to replicate efficiently in a host cell, such that the host cell accumulates many copies of the expression vector and, in turn, synthesizes high levels of a desired polypeptide encoded by the expression vector. Transient expression systems, comprising a suitable expression vector and a host cell, allow for the convenient positive identification of polypeptides encoded by cloned DNAs, as well as for the rapid screening of such polypeptides for desired biological or physiological properties. Thus, transient expression systems are particularly useful in the invention for purposes of identifying analogs and variants of the target polypeptide that have target polypeptide-like activity.
  • Other methods, vectors, and host cells suitable for adaptation to the synthesis of the target polypeptide in recombinant vertebrate cell culture are described in Gething et al., Nature, 293: 620-625 [1981]; Mantei et al., Nature, 281: 40-46 [1979]; Levinson et al.; EP 117,060; and EP 117,058. A particularly useful plasmid for mammalian cell culture expression of the target polypeptide is pRK5 (EP pub. no. 307,247) or pSVI6B.
  • Selection and Transformation of Host Cells
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the vectors herein are the prokaryote, yeast, or higher eukaryote cells described above. Suitable prokaryotes include eubacteria, such as Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms, for example, E. coli, Bacilli such as B. subtilis, Pseudomonas species such as P. aeruginosa, Salmonella typhimurium, or Serratia marcescans. One preferred E. coli cloning host is E. coli 294 (ATCC 31,446), although other strains such as E. coli B, E. coli X1776 (ATCC 31,537), and E. coli W3110 (ATCC 27,325) are suitable. These examples are illustrative rather than limiting. Preferably the host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes. Alternatively, in vitro methods of cloning, e.g. PCR or other nucleic acid polymerase reactions, are suitable.
  • In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable hosts for target polypeptide-encoding vectors. Saccharomyces cerevisiae, or common baker's yeast, is the most commonly used among lower eukaryotic host microorganisms. However, a number of other genera, species, and strains are commonly available and useful herein, such as Schizosaccharomyces pombe [Beach and Nurse, Nature, 290: 140 (1981); EP 139,383 published May 2, 1985], Kluyveromyces hosts (U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,529) such as, e.g., K. lactis [Louvencourt et al., J. Bacteriol., 737 (1983)], K. fragilis, K. bulgaricus, K. thermotolerans, and K. marxianus, yarrowia [EP 402,226], Pichia pastoris [EP 183,070; Sreekrishna et al., J. Basic Microbiol., 28: 265-278 (1988)], Candida, Trichoderma reesia [EP 244,234], Neurospora crassa [Case et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76: 5259-5263 (1979)], and filamentous fungi such as, e.g, Neurospora, Penicillium, Tolypocladium [WO 91/00357 published 10 Jan. 1991], and Aspergillus hosts such as A. nidulans [Ballance et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 112: 284-289 (1983); Tilburn et al., Gene, 26: 205-221 (1983); Yelton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81: 1470-1474 (1984)] and A. niger [Kelly and Hynes, EMBO J., 4: 475-479 (1985)].
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated target polypeptide are derived from multicellular organisms. Such host cells are capable of complex processing and glycosylation activities. In principle, any higher eukaryotic cell culture is workable, whether from vertebrate or invertebrate culture. Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains and variants and corresponding permissive insect host cells from hosts such as Spodoptera frugiperda (caterpillar), Aedes aegypti (mosquito), Aedes albopictus (mosquito), Drosophila melanogaster (fruitfly), and Bombyx mori host cells have been identified. See, e.g., Luckow et al., Bio/Technology, 6: 47-55 (1988); Miller et al., in Genetic Engineering, Setlow, J. K. et al., eds., Vol. 8 (Plenum Publishing, 1986), pp. 277-279; and Maeda et al., Nature, 315: 592-594 (1985). A variety of such viral strains are publicly available, e.g., the L-1 variant of Autographa californica NPV and the Bm-5 strain of Bombyx mori NPV, and such viruses may be used as the virus herein according to the present invention, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells. Plant cell cultures of cotton, corn, potato, soybean, petunia, tomato, and tobacco can be utilized as hosts. Typically, plant cells are transfected by incubation with certain strains of the bacterium Agrobacterium tumefaciens, which has been previously manipulated to contain the target polypeptide DNA. During incubation of the plant cell culture with A. tumefaciens, the DNA encoding target polypeptide is transferred to the plant cell host such that it is transfected, and will, under appropriate conditions, express the target polypeptide DNA. In addition, regulatory and signal sequences compatible with plant cells are available, such as the nopaline synthase promoter and polyadenylation signal sequences. Depicker et al., J. Mol. Appl. Gen., 1: 561 (1982). In addition, DNA segments isolated from the upstream region of the T-DNA 780 gene are capable of activating or increasing transcription levels of plant-expressible genes in recombinant DNA-containing plant tissue. See EP 321,196 published 21 Jun. 1989.
  • However, interest has been greatest in vertebrate cells, and propagation of vertebrate cells in culture (tissue culture) has become a routine procedure in recent years [Tissue Culture, Academic Press, Kruse and Patterson, editors (1973)]. Examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture, Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36: 59 [1977]); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR (CHO, Urlaub and Chasin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4216 [1980]); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod., 23: 243-251 [1980]); monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587);
  • human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TRI cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci., 383: 44-68 [1982]); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; and a human hepatoma cell line (Hep G2). Preferred host cells are human embryonic kidney 293 and Chinese hamster ovary cells.
  • Host cells are transfected and preferably transformed with the above-described expression or cloning vectors of this invention and cultured in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired sequences.
  • Transfection refers to the taking up of an expression vector by a host cell whether or not any coding sequences are in fact expressed. Numerous methods of transfection are known to the ordinarily skilled artisan, for example, CaPO4 and electroporation. Successful transfection is generally recognized when any indication of the operation of this vector occurs within the host cell.
  • Transformation means introducing DNA into an organism so that the DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate to such cells. The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride, as described in section 1.82 of Sambrook et al., supra, is generally used for prokaryotes or other cells that contain substantial cell-wall barriers. Infection with Agrobacterium tumefaciens is used for transformation of certain plant cells, as described by Shaw et al., Gene, 23: 315 (1983) and WO 89/05859 published 29 Jun. 1989. For mammalian cells without such cell walls, the calcium phosphate precipitation method described in sections 16.30-16.37 of Sambrook et al., supra, is preferred. General aspects of mammalian cell host system transformations have been described by Axel in U.S. 4,399,216 issued 16 Aug. 1983. Transformations into yeast are typically carried out according to the method of Van Solingen et al., J. Bact., 130: 946 (1977) and Hsiao et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA), 76: 3829 (1979). However, other methods for introducing DNA into cells such as by nuclear injection, electroporation, or protoplast fusion may also be used.
  • Culturing the Host Cells
  • Prokaryotic cells used to produce the target polypeptide of this invention are cultured in suitable media as described generally in Sambrook et al., supra.
  • The mammalian host cells used to produce the target polypeptide of this invention may be cultured in a variety of media. Commercially available media such as Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ([MEM], Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium ([DMEM], Sigma) are suitable for culturing the host cells. In addition, any of the media described in Ham and Wallace, Meth. Enz., 58: 44 (1979), Barnes and Sato, Anal. Biochem., 102: 255 (1980), U.S. Pat. No. 4,767,704; 4,657,866; 4,927,762; or 4,560,655; WO 90/03430; WO 87/00195; U.S. Pat. No. Re. 30,985, may be used as culture media for the host cells. Any of these media may be supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors (such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts (such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate), buffers (such as HEPES), nucleosides (such as adenosine and thymidine), antibiotics (such as Gentamycin™ drug), trace elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to those skilled in the art. The culture conditions, such as temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the ordinarily skilled artisan.
  • The host cells referred to in this disclosure encompass cells in in vitro culture as well as cells that are within a host animal.
  • It is further envisioned that the target polypeptides of this invention may be produced by homologous recombination, or with recombinant production methods utilizing control elements introduced into cells already containing DNA encoding the target polypeptide currently in use in the field. For example, a powerful promoter/enhancer element, a suppressor, or an exogenous transcription modulatory element is inserted in the genome of the intended host cell in proximity and orientation sufficient to influence the transcription of DNA encoding the desired target polypeptide. The control element does not encode the target polypeptide of this invention, but the DNA is present in the host cell genome. One next screens for cells making the target polypeptide of this invention, or increased or decreased levels of expression, as desired.
  • Detecting Gene Amplification/Expression
  • Gene amplification and/or expression may be measured in a sample directly, for example, by conventional Southern blotting, northern blotting to quantitate the transcription of mRNA (Thomas, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 5201-5205 [1980]), dot blotting (DNA analysis), or in situ hybridization, using an appropriately labeled probe, based on the sequences provided herein. Various labels may be employed, most commonly radioisotopes, particularly 32P. However, other techniques may also be employed, such as using biotin-modified nucleotides for introduction into a polynucleotide. The biotin then serves as the site for binding to avidin or antibodies, which may be labeled with a wide variety of labels, such as radionuclides, fluorescers, enzymes, or the like. Alternatively, antibodies may be employed that can recognize specific duplexes, including DNA duplexes, RNA duplexes, and DNA-RNA hybrid duplexes or DNA-protein duplexes. The antibodies in turn may be labeled and the assay may be carried out where the duplex is bound to a surface, so that upon the formation of duplex on the surface, the presence of antibody bound to the duplex can be detected.
  • Gene expression, alternatively, may be measured by immunological methods, such as immunohistochemical staining of tissue sections and assay of cell culture or body fluids, to quantitate directly the expression of gene product. With immunohistochemical staining techniques, a cell sample is prepared, typically by dehydration and fixation, followed by reaction with labeled antibodies specific for the gene product coupled, where the labels are usually visually detectable, such as enzymatic labels, fluorescent labels, luminescent labels, and the like. A particularly sensitive staining technique suitable for use in the present invention is described by Hsu et al., Am. J. Clin. Path., 75: 734-738 (1980). 30 Antibodies useful for immunohistochemical staining and/or assay of sample fluids may be either monoclonal or polyclonal, and may be prepared in any mammal. Conveniently, the antibodies may be prepared against a native target polypeptide or against a synthetic peptide based on the DNA sequences provided herein as described further in Section 4 below.
  • Purification of The Target Polypeptide
  • The target polypeptide preferably is recovered from the culture medium as a secreted polypeptide, although it also may be recovered from host cell lysates when directly expressed without a secretory signal.
  • When the target polypeptide is expressed in a recombinant cell other than one of human origin, the target polypeptide is completely free of proteins or polypeptides of human origin. However, it is necessary to purify the target polypeptide from recombinant cell proteins or polypeptides to obtain preparations that are substantially homogeneous as to the target polypeptide. As a first step, the culture medium or lysate is centrifuged to remove particulate cell debris. The membrane and soluble protein fractions are then separated. The target polypeptide may then be purified from the soluble protein fraction and from the membrane fraction of the culture lysate, depending on whether the target polypeptide is membrane bound. The following procedures are exemplary of suitable purification procedures: fractionation on immunoaffinity or ion-exchange columns; ethanol precipitation; reverse phase HPLC; chromatography on silica or on a cation exchange resin such as DEAE; chromatofocusing; SDS-PAGE; ammonium sulfate precipitation; gel filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75; and protein A Sepharose columns to remove contaminants such as IgG.
  • Target polypeptide variants in which residues have been deleted, inserted or substituted are recovered in the same fashion, taking account of any substantial changes in properties occasioned by the variation. For example, preparation of a target polypeptide fusion with another protein or polypeptide, e.g. a bacterial or viral antigen, facilitates purification; an immunoaffinity column containing antibody to the antigen (or containing antigen, where the target polypeptide is an antibody) can be used to adsorb the fusion. Immunoaffinity columns such as a rabbit polyclonal anti-target polypeptide column can be employed to absorb the target polypeptide variant by binding it to at least one remaining immune epitope. A protease inhibitor such as phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) also may be useful to inhibit proteolytic degradation during purification, and antibiotics may be included to prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants. One skilled in the art will appreciate that purification methods suitable for native target polypeptide may require modification to account for changes in the character of the target polypeptide or its variants upon expression in recombinant cell culture.
  • Covalent Modifications of Target Polypeptides
  • Covalent modifications of target polypeptides are included within the scope of this invention. One type of covalent modification included within the scope of this invention is a target polypeptide fragment. Target polypeptide fragments having up to about 40 amino acid residues may be conveniently prepared by chemical synthesis, or by enzymatic or chemical cleavage of the full-length target polypeptide or variant target polypeptide. Other types of covalent modifications of the target polypeptide or fragments thereof are introduced into the molecule by reacting specific amino acid residues of the target polypeptide or fragments thereof with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side chains or the N— or C-terminal residues.
  • Cysteinyl residues most commonly are reacted with α-haloacetates (and corresponding amines), such as chloroacetic acid or chloroacetamide, to give carboxymethyl or carboxyamidomethyl derivatives. Cysteinyl residues also are derivatized by reaction with bromotrifluoroacetone, α-bromo-β-(5-imidozoyl)propionic acid, chloroacetyl phosphate, N-alkylmaleimides, 3-nitro-2-pyridyl disulfide, methyl 2-pyridyl disulfide, p-chloromercuribenzoate, 2-chloromercuri-4-nitrophenol, or chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole.
  • Histidyl residues are derivatized by reaction with diethylpyrocarbonate at pH 5.5-7.0 because this agent is relatively specific for the histidyl side chain. Para-bromophenacyl bromide also is useful; the reaction is preferably performed in 0.1M sodium cacodylate at pH 6.0.
  • Lysinyl and amino terminal residues are reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides. Derivatization with these agents has the effect of reversing the charge of the lysinyl residues. Other suitable reagents for derivatizing α-amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate; pyridoxal phosphate; pyridoxal; chloroborohydride; trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid; O-methylisourea; 2,4-pentanedione; and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.
  • Arginyl residues are modified by reaction with one or several conventional reagents, among them phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginine residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high PKa of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents may react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.
  • The specific modification of tyrosyl residues may be made, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane. Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively. Tyrosyl residues are iodinated using 125I or 131I to prepare labeled proteins for use in radioimmunoassay, the chloramine T method described above being suitable.
  • Carboxyl side groups (aspartyl or glutamyl) are selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R′—N═C═N—R′), where R and R′ are different alkyl groups, such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide. Furthermore, aspartyl and glutamyl residues are converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.
  • Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for crosslinking target polypeptide to a water-insoluble support matrix or surface for use in the method for purifying anti-target polypeptide antibodies, and vice versa. Commonly used crosslinking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane. Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light. Alternatively, reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described-in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and U.S. Pat. No. 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues, respectively. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.
  • Other modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the α-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 [1983]), acetylation of the N-terminal amine, and amidation of any C-terminal carboxyl group.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the target polypeptide included within the scope of this invention comprises altering the native glycosylation pattern of the polypeptide. By altering is meant deleting one or more carbohydrate moieties found in the native target polypeptide, and/or adding one or more glycosylation sites that are not present in the native target polypeptide.
  • Glycosylation of polypeptides is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tri-peptide sequences asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tri-peptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose, to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
  • Addition of glycosylation sites to the target polypeptide is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tri-peptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by, the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the native target polypeptide sequence (for O-linked glycosylation sites). For ease, the target polypeptide amino acid sequence is preferably altered through changes at the DNA level, particularly by mutating the DNA encoding the target polypeptide at preselected bases such that codons are generated that will translate into the desired amino acids. The DNA mutation(s) may be made using methods described above under the heading of “Amino Acid Sequence Variants of Target Polypeptide”.
  • Another means of increasing the number of carbohydrate moieties on the target polypeptide is by chemical or enzymatic coupling of glycosides to the polypeptide. These procedures are advantageous in that they do not require production of the polypeptide in a host cell that has glycosylation capabilities for N— and O-linked glycosylation. Depending on the coupling mode used, the sugar(s) may be attached to (a) arginine and histidine, (b) free carboxyl groups, (c) free sulfhydryl groups such as those of cysteine, (d) free hydroxyl groups such as those of serine, threonine, or hydroxyproline, (e) aromatic residues such as those of phenylalanine, tyrosine, or tryptophan, or (f) the amide group of glutamine. These methods are described in WO 87/05330 published 11 Sep. 1987, and in Aplin and Wriston (CRC Crit. Rev. Biochem., pp. 259-306 [1981]).
  • Removal of carbohydrate moieties present on the native target polypeptide may be accomplished chemically or enzymatically. Chemical deglycosylation requires exposure of the polypeptide to the compound trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or an equivalent compound. This treatment results in the cleavage of most or all sugars except the linking sugar (N-acetylglucosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine), while leaving the polypeptide intact. Chemical deglycosylation is described by Hakimuddin et al (Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 259:52 [1987]) and by Edge et al. (Anal. Biochem., 118:131 [1981]). Enzymatic cleavage of carbohydrate moieties on polypeptides can be achieved by the use of a variety of endo- and exo-glycosidases as described by Thotakura et al. (Meth. Enzymol., 138:350 [1987]).
  • Glycosylation at potential glycosylation sites may be prevented by the use of the compound tunicamycin as described by Duskin et al. (J. Biol. Chem., 257:3105 [1982]). Tunicamycin blocks the formation of protein-N-glycoside linkages.
  • Another type of covalent modification of the target polypeptide comprises linking the target polypeptide to various nonproteinaceous polymers, e.g. polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. No. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • The target polypeptide also may be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization (for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-[methylmethacylate] microcapsules, respectively), in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules), or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Reminaton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th edition, Osol, A., Ed., (1980).
  • Target polypeptide preparations are also useful in generating antibodies, for screening for binding partners, as standards in assays for the target polypeptide (e.g. by labeling the target polypeptide for use as a standard in a radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunoassay, or radioreceptor assay), in affinity purification techniques, and in competitive-type receptor binding assays when labeled with radioiodine, enzymes, fluorophores, spin labels, and the like.
  • Since it is often difficult to predict in advance the characteristics of a variant target polypeptide, it will be appreciated that some screening of the recovered variant will be needed to select the optimal variant. For example, a change in the immunological character of the target polypeptide molecule, such as affinity for a given antigen or antibody, is measured by a competitive-type immunoassay. The variant is assayed for changes in the suppression or enhancement of its activity by comparison to the activity observed for the target polypeptide in the same assay. Other potential modifications of protein or polypeptide properties such as redox or thermal stability, hydrophobicity, susceptibility to proteolytic degradation, stability in recombinant cell culture or in plasma, or the tendency to aggregate with carriers or into multimers are assayed by methods well known in the art.
  • Diagnostic and Related Uses of the Antibodies
  • The antibodies of this invention are useful in diagnostic assays for antigen expression in specific cells or tissues. The antibodies are detectably labeled and/or are immobilized on an insoluble matrix.
  • The antibodies of this invention find further use for the affinity purification of the antigen from recombinant cell culture or natural sources. Suitable diagnostic assays for the antigen and its antibodies depend on the particular antigen or antibody. Generally, such assays include competitive and sandwich assays, and steric inhibition assays. Competitive and sandwich methods employ a phase-separation step as an integral part of the method while steric inhibition assays are conducted in a single reaction mixture. Fundamentally, the same procedures are used for the assay of the antigen and for substances that bind the antigen, although certain methods will be favored depending upon the molecular weight of the substance being assayed. Therefore, the substance to be tested is referred to herein as an analyte, irrespective of its status otherwise as an antigen or antibody, and proteins that bind to the analyte are denominated binding partners, whether they be antibodies, cell surface receptors, or antigens.
  • Analytical methods for the antigen or its antibodies all use one or more of the following reagents: labeled analyte analogue, immobilized analyte analogue, labeled binding partner, immobilized binding partner and steric conjugates. The labeled reagents also are known as “tracers.”
  • The label used (and this is also useful to label antigen nucleic acid for use as a probe) is any detectable functionality that does not interfere with the binding of analyte and its binding partner. Numerous labels are known for use in immunoassay, examples including moieties that may be detected directly, such as fluorochrome, chemiluminescent, and radioactive labels, as well as moieties, such as enzymes, that must be reacted or derivatized to be detected. Examples of such labels include the radioisotopes 32P, 14C, 125I, 3H, and 131I, fluorophores such as rare earth chelates or fluorescein and its derivatives, rhodamine and its derivatives, dansyl, umbelliferone, luceriferases, e.g., firefly luciferase and bacterial luciferase (U.S. Pat. No. 4,737,456), luciferin, 2,3-dihydrophthalazinediones, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, glucoamylase, lysozyme, saccharide oxidases, e.g., glucose oxidase, galactose oxidase, and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, heterocyclic oxidases such as uricase and xanthine oxidase, coupled with an enzyme that employs hydrogen peroxide to oxidize a dye precursor such as HRP, lactoperoxidase, or microperoxidase, biotin/avidin, spin labels, bacteriophage labels, stable free radicals, and the like.
  • Conventional methods are available to bind these labels covalently to proteins or polypeptides. For instance, coupling agents such as dialdehydes, carbodiimides, dimaleimides, bis-imidates, bis-diazotized benzidine, and the like may be used to tag the antibodies with the above-described fluorescent, chemiluminescent, and enzyme labels. See, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,940,475 (fluorimetry) and U.S. Pat. No. 3,645,090 (enzymes); Hunter et a., Nature, 144: 945 (1962); David et al., Biochemistry, 13: 1014-1021 (1974); Pain et al, J. Immunol. Methods, 40: 219-230 (1981); and Nygren, J. Histochem. and Cytochem., 30: 407-412 (1982). Preferred labels herein are enzymes such as horseradish peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
  • The conjugation of such label, including the enzymes, to the antibody is a standard manipulative procedure for one of ordinary skill in immunoassay techniques. See, for example, O'Sullivan et al., “Methods for the Preparation of Enzyme-antibody Conjugates for Use in Enzyme Immunoassay,” in Methods in Enzymology, ed. J. J. Langone and H. Van Vunakis, Vol. 73 (Academic Press, New York, N.Y., 1981), pp. 147-166. Such bonding methods are suitable for use with the antibodies and polypeptides of this invention.
  • Immobilization of reagents is required for certain assay methods. Immobilization entails separating the binding partner from any analyte that remains free in solution. This conventionally is accomplished by either insolubilizing the binding partner or analyte analogue before the assay procedure, as by adsorption to a water-insoluble matrix or surface (Bennich et at., U.S. Pat. No. 3,720,760), by covalent coupling (for example, using glutaraldehyde cross-linking), or by insolubilizing the partner or analogue afterward, e.g., by immunoprecipitation.
  • Other assay methods, known as competitive or sandwich assays, are well established and widely used in the commercial diagnostics industry.
  • Competitive assays rely on the ability of a tracer analogue to compete with the test sample analyte for a limited number of binding sites on a common binding partner. The binding partner generally is insolubilized before or after the competition and then the tracer and analyte bound to the binding partner are separated from the unbound tracer and analyte. This separation is accomplished by decanting (where the binding partner was preinsolubilized) or by centrifuging (where the binding partner was precipitated after the competitive reaction). The amount of test sample analyte is inversely proportional to the amount of bound tracer as measured by the amount of marker substance. Dose-response curves with known amounts of analyte are prepared and compared with the test results to quantitatively determine the amount of analyte present in the test sample. These assays are called ELISA systems when enzymes are used as the detectable markers.
  • Another species of competitive assay, called a “homogeneous” assay, does not require a phase separation. Here, a conjugate of an enzyme with the analyte is prepared and used such that when anti-analyte binds to the analyte the presence of the anti-analyte modifies the enzyme activity. In this case, the antigen or its immunologically active fragments are conjugated with a bifunctional organic bridge to an enzyme such as peroxidase. Conjugates are selected for use with antibody so that binding of the antibody inhibits or potentiates the enzyme activity of the label. This method per se is widely practiced under the name of EMIT.
  • Steric conjugates are used in steric hindrance methods for homogeneous assay. These conjugates are synthesized by covalently linking a low-molecular-weight hapten to a small analyte so that antibody to hapten substantially is unable to bind the conjugate at the same time as anti-analyte. Under this assay procedure the analyte present in the test sample will bind anti-analyte, thereby allowing anti-hapten to bind the conjugate, resulting in a change in the character of the conjugate hapten, e.g., a change in fluorescence when the hapten is a fluorophore.
  • Sandwich assays particularly are useful for the determination of antigen or antibodies. In sequential sandwich assays an immobilized binding partner is used to adsorb test sample analyte, the test sample is removed as by washing, the bound analyte is used to adsorb labeled binding partner, and bound material is then separated from residual tracer. The amount of bound tracer is directly proportional to test sample analyte. In “simultaneous” sandwich assays the test sample is not separated before adding the labeled binding partner. A sequential sandwich assay using an anti-antigen monoclonal antibody as one antibody and a polyclonal anti-antigen antibody as the other is useful in testing samples for particular antigen activity.
  • The foregoing are merely exemplary diagnostic assays for the import and humanized antibodies of this invention. Other methods now or hereafter developed for the determination of these analytes are included within the scope hereof, including the bioassays described above.
  • Immunotoxins
  • This invention is also directed to immunochemical derivatives of the antibodies of this invention such as immunotoxins (conjugates of the antibody and a cytotoxic moiety). Antibodies which carry the appropriate effector functions, such as with their constant domains, are also used to induce lysis through the natural complement process, and to interact with antibody dependent cytotoxic cells normally present.
  • For example, purified, sterile filtered antibodies are optionally conjugated to a cytotoxin such as ricin for use in AIDS therapy. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 07/350,895 illustrates methods for making and using immunotoxins for the treatment of HIV infection. The methods of this invention, for example, are suitable for obtaining humanized antibodies for use as immunotoxins for use in AIDS therapy.
  • The cytotoxic moiety of the immunotoxin may be a cytotoxic drug or an enzymatically active toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, or an enzymatically active fragment of such a toxin. Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof used are diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the tricothecenes. In another embodiment, the antibodies are conjugated to small molecule anticancer drugs such as cis-platin or 5FU. Conjugates of the monoclonal antibody and such cytotoxic moieties are made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents. Examples of such reagents are SPDP, IT , bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl, active esters such as disuccinimidyl suberate, aldehydes such as glutaraldehyde, bis-azido compounds such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine, bis-diazonium derivatives such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)—ethylenediamine, diisocyanates such as tolylene 2,6-diisocyanate and bis-active fluorine compounds such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene. The lysing portion of a toxin may be joined to the Fab fragment of the antibodies.
  • Immunotoxins can be made in a variety of ways, as discussed herein. Commonly known crosslinking reagents can be used to yield stable conjugates.
  • Advantageously, monoclonal antibodies specifically binding the domain of the antigen which is exposed on the infected cell surface, are conjugated to ricin A chain. Most advantageously the ricin A chain is deglycosylated and produced through recombinant means. An advantageous method of making the ricin immunotoxin is described in Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987).
  • When used to kill infected human cells in vitro for diagnostic purposes, the conjugates will typically be added to the cell culture medium at a concentration of at least about 10 nM. The formulation and mode of administration for in vitro use are not critical. Aqueous formulations that are compatible with the culture or perfusion medium will normally be used. Cytotoxicity may be read by conventional techniques.
  • Cytotoxic radiopharmaceuticals for treating infected cells may be made by conjugating radioactive isotopes (e.g. I, Y, Pr) to the antibodies. Advantageously alpha particle-emitting isotopes are used. The term “cytotoxic moiety” as used herein is intended to include such isotopes.
  • In a preferred embodiment, ricin A chain is deglycosylated or produced without oligosaccharides, to decrease its clearance by irrelevant clearance mechanisms (e.g., the liver). In another embodiment, whole ricin (A chain plus B chain) is conjugated to antibody if the galactose binding property of B-chain can be blocked (“blocked ricin”).
  • In a further embodiment toxin-conjugates are made with Fab or F(ab′)2 fragments. Because of their relatively small size these fragments can better penetrate tissue to reach infected cells.
  • In another embodiment, fusogenic liposomes are filled with a cytotoxic drug and the liposomes are coated with antibodies specifically binding the particular antigen.
  • Antibody Dependent Cellular Cytotoxicity
  • Certain aspects of this invention involve antibodies which are (a) directed against a particular antigen and (b) belong to a subclass or isotype that is capable of mediating the lysis of cells to which the antibody molecule binds. More specifically, these antibodies should belong to a subclass or isotype that, upon complexing with cell surface proteins, activates serum complement and/or mediates antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) by activating effector cells such as natural killer cells or macrophages.
  • Biological activity of antibodies is known to be determined, to a large extent, by the constant domains or Fc region of the antibody molecule (Uananue and Benacerraf, Textbook of Immunology, 2nd Edition, Williams & Wilkins, p. 218 (1984)). This includes their ability to activate complement and to mediate antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) as effected by leukocytes. Antibodies of different classes and subclasses differ in this respect, as do antibodies from the same subclass but different species; according to the present invention, antibodies of those classes having the desired biological activity are prepared. Preparation of these antibodies involves the selection of antibody constant domains are their incorporation in the humanized antibody by known technique. For example, mouse immunoglobulins of the IgG3 and IgG2a class are capable of activating serum complement upon binding to the target cells which express the cognate antigen, and therefore humanized antibodies which incorporate IgG3 and IgG2a effector functions are desirable for certain therapeutic applications.
  • In general, mouse antibodies of the IgG2a and IgG3 subclass and occasionally IgG1 can mediate ADCC, and antibodies of the IgG3, IgG2a, and IgM subclasses bind and activate serum complement. Complement activation generally requires the binding of at least two IgG molecules in close proximity on the target cell. However, the binding of only one IgM molecule activates serum complement.
  • The ability of any particular antibody to mediate lysis of the target cell by complement activation and/or ADCC can be assayed. The cells of interest are grown and labeled in vitro; the antibody is added to the cell culture in combination with either serum complement or immune cells which may be activated by the antigen antibody complexes. Cytolysis of the target cells is detected by the release of label from the lysed cells. In fact, antibodies can be screened using the patient's own serum as a source of complement and/or immune cells. The antibody that is capable of activating complement or mediating ADCC in the in vitro test can then be used therapeutically in that particular patient.
  • This invention specifically encompasses consensus Fc antibody domains prepared and used according to the teachings of this invention.
  • Therapeutic and Other Uses of the Antibodies
  • When used in vivo for therapy, the antibodies of the subject invention are administered to the patient in therapeutically effective amounts (i.e. amounts that have desired therapeutic effect). They will normally be administered parenterally. The dose and dosage regimen will depend upon the degree of the infection, the characteristics of the particular antibody or immunotoxin used, e.g., its therapeutic index, the patient, and the patient's history. Advantageously the antibody or immunotoxin is administered continuously over a period of 1-2 weeks, intravenously to treat cells in the vasculature and subcutaneously and intraperitoneally to treat regional lymph nodes. Optionally, the administration is made during the course of adjunct therapy such as combined cycles of radiation, chemotherapeutic treatment, or administration of tumor necrosis factor, interferon or other cytoprotective or immunomodulatory agent.
  • For parenteral administration the antibodies will be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, emulsion) in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable parenteral vehicle. Such vehicles are inherently nontoxic, and non-therapeutic. Examples of such vehicles are water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils and ethyl oleate can also be used. Liposomes may be used as carriers. The vehicle may contain minor amounts of additives such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability, e.g., buffers and preservatives. The antibodies will typically be formulated in such vehicles at concentrations of about 1 mg/ml to 10 mg/ml.
  • Use of IgM antibodies may be preferred for certain applications, however IgG molecules by being smaller may be more able than IgM molecules to localize to certain types of infected cells.
  • There is evidence that complement activation in vivo leads to a variety of biological effects, including the induction of an inflammatory response and the activation of macrophages (Uananue and Benecerraf, Textbook of Immunology, 2nd Edition, Williams & Wilkins, p. 218 (1984)). The increased vasodilation accompanying inflammation may increase the ability of various agents to localize in infected cells. Therefore, antigen-antibody combinations of the type specified by this invention can be used therapeutically in many ways. Additionally, purified antigens (Hakomori, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 2:103 (1984)) or anti-idiotypic antibodies (Nepom et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:2864 (1985); Koprowski et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:216 (1984)) relating to such antigens could be used to induce an active immune response in human patients. Such a response includes the formation of antibodies capable of activating human complement and mediating ADCC and by such mechanisms cause infected cell destruction.
  • Optionally, the antibodies of this invention are useful in passively immunizing patients, as exemplified by the administration of humanized anti-HIV antibodies.
  • The antibody compositions used in therapy are formulated and dosages established in a fashion consistent with good medical practice taking into account the disorder to be treated, the condition of the individual patient, the site of delivery of the composition, the method of administration-and other factors known to practitioners. The antibody compositions are prepared for administration according to the description of preparation of polypeptides for administration, infra.
  • Deposit of Materials
  • As described above, cultures of the muMAb4D5 have been deposited with the American Type Culture Collection, 10801 University Blvd., Manassas, Va., USA (ATCC).
  • This deposit was made under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure and the Regulations thereunder (Budapest Treaty). This assures maintenance of viable cultures for 30 years from the date of the deposit. The organisms will be made available by ATCC under the terms of the Budapest Treaty, and subject to an agreement between Genentech, Inc. and ATCC, which assures permanent and unrestricted availability of the progeny of the cultures to the public upon issuance of the pertinent U.S. patent or upon laying open to the public of any U.S. or foreign patent application, whichever comes first, and assures availability of the progeny to one determined by the U.S. Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks to be entitled thereto according to 35 USC § 122 and the Commissioner's rules pursuant thereto (including 37 CFR §1.12 with particular reference to 886 OG 638).
  • In respect of those designations in which a European patent is sought, a sample of the deposited microorganism will be made available until the publication of the mention of the grant of the European patent or until the date on which the application has been refused or withdrawn or is deemed to be withdrawn, only by the issue of such a sample to an expert nominated by the person requesting the sample. (Rule 28(4) EPC) The assignee of the present application has agreed that if the cultures on deposit should die or be lost or destroyed when cultivated under suitable conditions, they will be promptly replaced on notification with a viable specimen of the same culture. Availability of the deposited strain is not to be construed as a license to practice the invention in contravention of the rights granted under the authority of any government in accordance with its patent laws.
  • The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the constructs deposited, since the deposited embodiments are intended to illustrate only certain aspects of the invention and any constructs that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. The deposit of material herein does not constitute an admission that the written description herein contained is inadequate to enable the practice of any aspect of the invention, including the best mode thereof, nor is it to be construed as limiting the scope of the claims to the specific illustrations that they represent. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims.
  • It is understood that the application of the teachings of the present invention to a specific problem or situation will be within the capabilities of one having ordinary skill in the art in light of the teachings contained herein. Examples of the products of the present invention and representative processes for their isolation, use, and manufacture appear below, but should not be construed to limit the invention.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Humanization of muMAb4D5
  • Here we report the chimerization of muMAb4D5 (chMAb4D5) and the rapid and simultaneous humanization of heavy (VH) and light (VL) chain variable region genes using a novel “gene conversion mutagenesis” strategy. Eight humanized variants (huMAb4D5) were constructed to probe the importance of several FR residues identified by our molecular modeling or previously proposed to be critical to the conformation of particular CDRs (see Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987); Chothia, C. et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989); Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:175-182 (1990)). Efficient transient expression of humanized variants in non-myeloma cells allowed us to rapidly investigate the relationship between binding affinity for p185HER2 ECD and anti-proliferative activity against p185HER2 overexpressing carcinoma cells.
    • Materials and Methods
  • Cloning of Variable Region Genes. The muMAb4D5 VH and VL genes were isolated by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification of mRNA from the corresponding hybridoma (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550-1558 (1990)) as described by Orlandi et al. (Orlandi, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837 (1989)). Amino terminal sequencing of muMAb4D5 VL and VH was used to design the sense strand PCR primers, whereas the anti-sense PCR primers were based upon consensus sequences of murine framework residues (Orlandi, R. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837 (1989); Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) incorporating restriction sites for directional cloning shown by underlining and listed after the sequences: VL sense, 5′-TCCGATATCCAGCTGACCCAGTCTCCA-3′ (SEQ. ID NO. 7), EcoRV; VL anti-sense, 5′-GTTTGATCTCCAGCTTGGTACCHSCDCCGAA-3′ (SEQ. ID NO. 8), Asp718; VH sense, 5′-AGGTSMARCTGCAGSAGTCWGG-3′ (SEQ. ID NO. 9), PstI and VH anti-sense, 5′-TGAGGAGACGGTGACCGTGGTCCCTTGGCCCCAG-3′ (SEQ. ID NO. 10), BstEII; where H=A or C or T, S═C or G, D 32 A or G or T, M=A or C, R=A or G and W=A or T. The PCR products were cloned into pUC119 (Vieira, J. & Messing, J., Methods Enzymol. 153:3-11 (1987)) and five clones for each variable domain sequenced by the dideoxy method (Sanger, F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:5463-5467 (1977)).
  • Molecular Modelling. Models for muMAb4D5 VH and VL domains were constructed separately from consensus coordinates based upon seven Fab structures from the Brookhaven protein data bank (entries 1FB4, 2RHE, 2MCP, 3FAB, 1FBJ, 2HFL and 1REI). The Fab fragment KOL (Marquart, M. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 141:369-391 (1980)) was first chosen as a template for VL and VH domains and additional structures were then superimposed upon this structure using their main chain atom coordinates (INSIGHT program, Biosym Technologies). The distance from the template Cα to the analogous Cα in each of the superimposed structures was calculated for each residue position. If all (or nearly all) Cα-Cα distances for a given residue were ≦1 Å, then that position was included in the consensus structure. In most cases the β-sheet framework residues satisfied these criteria whereas the CDR loops did not. For each of these selected residues the average coordinates for individual N, Cα, C, O and Cβ atoms were calculated and then corrected for resultant deviations from non-standard bond geometry by 50 cycles of energy minimization using the DISCOVER program (Biosym Technologies) with the AMBER forcefield (Weiner, S. J. et al., J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 106:765-784 (1984)) and Cα coordinates fixed. The side chains of highly conserved residues, such as the disulfide-bridged cysteine residues, were then incorporated into the resultant consensus structure. Next the sequences of muMAb4D5 VL and VH were incorporated starting with the CDR residues and using the tabulations of CDR conformations from Chothia et al. (Chothia, C. et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989)) as a guide. Side-chain conformations were chosen on the basis of Fab crystal structures, rotamer libraries (Ponder, J. W. & Richards, F. M., J. Mol. Biol. 193:775-791 (1987)) and packing considerations. Since VH-CDR3 could not be assigned a definite backbone conformation from these criteria, two models were created from a search of similar sized loops using the INSIGHT program. A third model was derived using packing and solvent exposure considerations. Each model was then subjected to 5000 cycles of energy minimization.
  • In humanizing muMAb4D5, consensus human sequences were first derived from the most abundant subclasses in the sequence compilation of Kabat et al. (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)), namely VL K subgroup I and VH group III, and a molecular model generated for these sequences using the methods described above. A structure for huMAb4D5 was created by transferring the CDRs from the muMAb4D5 model into the consensus human structure. All huMAb4D5 variants contain human replacements of muMAb4D5 residues at three positions within CDRs as defined by sequence variability (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) but not as defined by structural variability (Chothia, C. & Lesk, A. M., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)): VL-CDR1 K24R, VL-CDR2 R54L and VL-CDR2 T56S. Differences between muMAb4D5 and the human consensus framework residues (FIG. 1) were individually modeled to investigate their possible influence on CDR conformation and/or binding to the p185HER2 ECD.
  • Construction of Chimeric Genes. Genes encoding chMAb4D5 light and heavy chains were separately assembled in previously described phagemid vectors containing the human cytomegalovirus enhancer and promoter, a 5′ intron and SV40 polyadenylation signal (Gorman, C. M. et al., DNA & Prot. Engin. Tech. 2:3-10 (1990)). Briefly, gene segments encoding muMAb4D5 VL (FIG. 1 A) and REI human K1 light chain CL (Palm, W. & Hilschmann, N., Z. Physiol. Chem. 356:167-191 (1975)) were precisely joined as were genes for muMAb4D5 VH (FIG. 1B) and human γ1 constant region (Capon, D. J. et al., Nature 337:525-531 (1989)) by simple subcloning (Boyle, A., in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Chapter 3 (F. A. Ausubel et al., eds., Greene Publishing & Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1990)) and site-directed mutagenesis (Carter, P., in Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach, Chapter 1 (IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1991)). The γ1 isotype was chosen as it has been found to be the preferred human isotype for supporting ADCC and complement dependent cytotoxicity using matched sets of chimeric (Brüggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987)) or humanized antibodies (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988)). The PCR-generated VL and VH fragments (FIG. 1) were subsequently. mutagenized so that they faithfully represent the sequence of muMAb4D5 determined at the protein level: VH Q1E, VL V104L and T109A (variants are denoted by the amino acid residue and number followed by the replacement amino acid). The human γ1 constant regions are identical to those reported by Ellison et al. (Ellison, J. W. et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 13:4071-4079 (1982)) except for the mutations E359D and M361 L (Eu numbering, as in Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) which we installed to convert the antibody from the naturally rare A allotype to the much more common non-A allotype.(Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:175-182 (1990)). This was an attempt to reduce the risk of anti-allotype antibodies interfering with therapy.
  • Construction of Humanized Genes. Genes encoding chMAb4D5 light chain and heavy chain Fd fragment (VH and C H1 domains) were subcloned together into pUC119 (Vieira, J. & Messing, J., Methods Enzymol. 153:3-11 (1987)) to create pAK1 and simultaneously humanized in a single step (FIG. 2). Briefly, sets of 6 contiguous oligonucleotides were designed to humanize VH and VL (FIG. 1). These oligonucleotides are 28 to 83 nucleotides in length, contain zero to 19 mismatches to the murine antibody template and are constrained to have 8 or 9 perfectly matched residues at each end to promote efficient annealing and ligation of adjacent oligonucleotides. The sets of VH and VL humanization oligonucleotides (5 pmol each) were phosphorylated with either ATP or y-32P-ATP (Carter, P. Methods Enzymol. 154:382-403 (1987)) and separately annealed with 3.7 pmol of pAK1 template in 40 μl 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 8.0) and 10 mM MgCl2 by cooling from 100° C. to room temperature over ˜30 min. The annealed oligonucleotides were joined by incubation with T4 DNA ligase (12 units; New England Biolabs) in the presence of 2 μl 5 mM ATP and 2 μl 0.1 M DTT for 10 min at 14° C. After electrophoresis on a 6% acrylamide sequencing gel the assembled oligonucleotides were located by autoradiography and recovered by electroelution. The assembled oligonucleotides (˜0.3 pmol each) were simultaneously annealed to 0.15 pmol single-stranded deoxyuridine-containing pAK1 prepared according to Kunkel et al. (Kunkel, T. A. et al, Methods Enzymol. 154:367-382 (1987)) in 10 μl 40 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5) and 16 mM MgCl2 as above. Heteroduplex DNA was constructed by extending the primers with T7 DNA polymerase and transformed into E. coli BMH 71-18 mutL as previously described (Carter, P., in Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach, Chapter 1 (IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1991)). The resultant phagemid DNA pool was enriched first for huVL by restriction purification using XhoI and then for huVH by restriction selection using StuI as described in Carter, P., in Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach, Chapter 1 (IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1991); and in Wells, J. A. et al., Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. A 317:415-423 (1986). Resultant clones containing both huVL and huVH genes were identified by nucleotide sequencing (Sanger, F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:5463-5467 (1977)) and designated pAK2. Additional humanized variants were generated by site-directed mutagenesis (Carter, P., in Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach, Chapter 1 (IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1991)). The muMAb4D5 VL and VH gene segments in the transient expression vectors described above were then precisely replaced with their humanized versions.
  • Expression and Purification of MAb4D5 Variants. Appropriate MAb4D5 light and heavy chain cDNA expression vectors were co-transfected into an adenovirus transformed human embryonic kidney cell line, 293 (Graham, F. L. et al., J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72 (1977)) using a high efficiency procedure (Gorman, C. M. et al., DNA & Prot. Engin. Tech. 2:3-10 (1990); Gorman, C., in DNA Cloning, vol II, pp 143-190 (D. M. Glover, ed., IRL Press, Oxford, UK 1985)). Media were harvested daily for up to 5 days and the cells re-fed with serum free media. Antibodies were recovered from the media and affinity purified on protein A sepharose CL-4B (Pharmacia) as described by the manufacturer. The eluted antibody was buffer-exchanged into phosphate-buffered saline by G25 gel filtration, concentrated by ultrafiltration (Centriprep-30 or Centricon-100, Amicon), sterile-filtered (Millex-GV, Millipore) and stored at 4° C. The concentration of antibody was determined by using both total immunoglobulin and antigen binding ELISAs. The standard used was huMAb4D5-5, whose concentration had been determined by amino acid composition analysis.
  • Cell Proliferation Assay. The effect of MAb4D5 variants upon proliferation of the human mammary adenocarcinoma cell line, SK-BR-3, was investigated as previously described (Fendly, B. M. et al., Cancer Res. 50:1550-1558 (1990)) using saturating MAb4D5 concentrations.
  • Affinity Measurements. The antigen binding affinity of MAb4D5 variants was determined using a secreted form of the p185HER2 ECD prepared as described in Fendly, B. M. et al., J. Biol. Resp. Mod. 9:449-455 (1990). Briefly, antibody and p185HER2 ECD were incubated in solution until equilibrium was found to be reached. The concentration of free antibody was then determined by ELISA using immobilized p185HER2 ECD and used to calculate affinity (Kd) according to Friguet et al. (Friguet, B. et al., J. Immunol. Methods 77:305-319 (1985)).
    • Results
  • Humanization of muMAb4D5. The muMAb4D5 VL and VH gene segments were first cloned by PCR and sequenced (FIG. 1). The variable genes were then simultaneously humanized by gene conversion mutagenesis using preassembled oligonucleotides (FIG. 2). A 311-mer oligonucleotide containing 39 mismatches to the template directed 24 simultaneous amino acid changes required to humanize muMAb4D5 VL. Humanization of muMAb4D5 VH required 32 amino acid changes which were installed with a 361-mer containing 59 mismatches to the muMAb4D5 template. Two out of 8 clones sequenced precisely encode huMAb4D5-5, although one of these clones contained a single nucleotide imperfection. The 6 other clones were essentially humanized but contained a small number of errors: <3 nucleotide changes and <1 single nucleotide deletion per kilobase. Additional humanized variants (Table 3) were constructed by site-directed mutagenesis of huMAb4D5-5.
  • Expression levels of huMAb4D5 variants were in the range of 7 to 15 μg/ml as judged by ELISA using immobilized p185HER2 ECD. Successive harvests of five 10 cm plates allowed 200 μg to 500 mg of each variant to be produced in a week. Antibodies affinity purified on protein A gave a single band on a Coomassie blue stained SDS polyacrylamide gel of mobility consistent with the expected Mr of 150 kDa. Electrophoresis under reducing conditions gave 2 bands consistent with the expected Mr of free heavy (48 kDa) and light (23 kDa) chains (not shown). Amino terminal sequence analysis (10-cycles) gave the mixed sequence expected (see FIG. 1) from an equimolar combination of light and heavy chains (not shown).
  • huMAb4D5 Variants. In general, the FR residues were chosen from consensus human sequences (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) and CDR residues from muMAb4D5. Additional variants were constructed by replacing selected human residues in huMAb4D5-1 with their muMAb4D5 counterparts. These are VH residues 71, 73, 78, 93 plus 102 and VL residues 55 plus 66 identified by our molecular modeling. VH residue 71 has previously been proposed by others (Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:175-182 (1990)) to be critical to the conformation of VH-CDR2. Amino acid sequence differences between huMAb4D5 variant molecules are shown in Table 3, together with their p185HER2 ECD binding affinity and maximal anti-proliferative activities against SK-BR-3 cells. Very similar Kd values were obtained for binding of MAb4D5 variants to either SK-BR-3 cells or to p185HER2 ECD (Table 3). However, Kd estimates derived from binding of MAb4D5 variants to p185HER2 ECD were more reproducible with smaller standard errors and consumed much smaller quantities of antibody than binding measurements with whole cells.
  • The most potent humanized variant designed by molecular modeling, huMAb4D5-8, contains 5 FR residues from muMAb4D5. This antibody binds the p185HER2 ECD 3-fold more tightly than does muMAb4D5 itself (Table 3) and has comparable anti-proliferative activity with SK-BR-3 cells (FIG. 3). In contrast, huMAb4D5-1 is the most humanized but least potent muMAb4D5 variant, created by simply installing the muMAb4D5 CDRs into the consensus human sequences. huMAb4D5-1 binds the p185HER2 ECD 80-fold less tightly than does the murine antibody and has no detectable anti-proliferative activity at the highest antibody concentration investigated (16 μg/ml).
  • The anti-proliferative activity of huMAb4D5 variants against p185HER2 overexpressing SK-BR-3 cells is not simply correlated with their binding affinity for the p185HER2 ECD. For example, installation of three murine residues into the VH domain of huMAb4D5-2 (D73T, L78A and A93S) to create huMAb4D5-3 does not change the antigen binding affinity but does confer significant anti-proliferative activity (Table 3).
  • The importance of VH residue 71 (Tramontano, A. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215:175-182 (1990)) is supported by the observed 5-fold increase in affinity for p185HER2 ECD on replacement of R71 in huMAb4D5-1 with the corresponding murine residue, alanine (huMAb4D5-2). In contrast, replacing VH L78 in huMAb4D5-4 with the murine residue, alanine (huMAb4D5-5), does not significantly change the affinity for the p185HER2 ECD or change anti-proliferative activity, suggesting that residue 78 is not of critical functional significance to huMAb4D5 and its ability to interact properly with the extracellular domain of p185HER2.
  • VL residue 66 is usually a glycine in human and murine K chain sequences (Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1987)) but an arginine occupies this position in the muMAb4D5 k light chain. The side chain of residue 66 is likely to affect the conformation of VL-CDR1 and VL-CDR2 and the hairpin turn at 68-69 (FIG. 4). Consistent with the importance of this residue, the mutation VL G66R (huMAb4D5-3→huMAb4D5-5) increases the affinity for the p185HER2 ECD by 4-fold with a concomitant increase in anti-proliferative activity.
  • From molecular modeling it appears that the tyrosyl side chain of muMAb4D5 VL residue 55 may either stabilize the conformation of VH-CDR3 or provide an interaction at the VL-VH interface. The latter function may be dependent upon the presence of VH Y102. In the context of huMAb4D5-5 the mutations VL E55Y (huMAb4D5-6) and VH V102Y (huMAb4D5-7) individually increase the affinity for p185HER2 ECD by 5-fold and 2-fold respectively, whereas together (huMAb4D5-8) they increase the affinity by 11-fold. This is consistent with either proposed role of VL Y55 and VH Y102.
  • Secondary Immune Function of huMAb4D5-8. MuMAb4D5 inhibits the growth of human breast tumor cells which overexpress p185HER2 (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9:1165-1172 (1989)). The antibody, however, does not offer the possibility of direct tumor cytotoxic effects. This possibility does arise in huMAb4D5-8 as a result of its high affinity (Kd=0.1 μM) and its human IgG1 subtype. Table 4 compares the ADCC mediated by huMAb4D5-8 with muMAb4D5 on a normal lung epithelial cell line, WI-38, which expresses a low level of p185HER2 and on SK-BR-3, which expresses a high level of p185HER2. The results demonstrate that: (1) huMAb4D5 has a greatly enhanced ability to carry out ADCC as compared with its murine parent; and (2) that this activity may be selective for cell types which overexpress p185HER2.
    • Discussion
  • MuMAb4D5 is potentially useful for human therapy since it is cytostatic towards human breast and ovarian tumor lines overexpressing the HER2-encoded p185HER2 receptor-like tyrosine kinase. Since both breast and ovarian carcinomas are chronic diseases it is anticipated that the optimal MAb4D5 variant molecule for therapy will have low immunogenicity and will be cytotoxic rather than solely cytostatic in effect. Humanization of muMAb4D5 should accomplish these goals. We have identified 5 different huMAb4D5 variants which bind tightly to p185HER2 ECD (Kd<1 nM) and which have significant anti-proliferative activity (Table 3). Furthermore huMAb4D5-8 but not muMAb4D5 mediates ADCC against human tumor cell lines overexpressing p185HER2 in the presence of human effector cells (Table 4) as anticipated for a human γ1 isotype (Brüggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987); Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988)).
  • Rapid humanization of huMAb4D5 was facilitated by the gene conversion mutagenesis strategy developed here using long preassembled oligonucleotides. This method requires less than half the amount of synthetic DNA as does total gene synthesis and does not require convenient restriction sites in the target DNA. Our method appears to be simpler and more reliable than a variant protocol recently reported (Rostapshov, V. M. et al., FEBS Lett. 249:379-382 (1989)). Transient expression of huMAb4D5 in human embryonic kidney 293 cells permitted the isolation of a few hundred micrograms of huMAb4D5 variants for rapid characterization by growth inhibition and antigen binding affinity assays. Furthermore, different combinations of light and heavy chain were readily tested by co-transfection of corresponding cDNA expression vectors.
  • The crucial role of molecular modeling in the humanization of muMAb4D5 is illustrated by the designed variant huMAb4D5-8 which binds the p185HER2 ECD 250-fold more tightly than the simple CDR loop swap variant, huMAb4D5-1. It has previously been shown that the antigen binding affinity of a humanized antibody can be increased by mutagenesis based upon molecular modelling (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332:323-327 (1988); Queen, C. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989)). Here we have extended this earlier work by others with a designed humanized antibody which binds its antigen 3-fold more tightly than the parent rodent antibody. While this result is gratifying, assessment of the success of the molecular modeling must await the outcome of X-ray structure determination. From analysis of huMAb4D5 variants (Table 3) it is apparent that their anti-proliferative activity is not a simple function of their binding affinity for p185HER2 ECD. For example the huMAb4D5-8 variant binds p185HER2 3-fold more tightly than muMAb4D5 but the humanized variant is slightly less potent in blocking the proliferation of SK-BR-3 cells. Additional huMAb4D5 variants are currently being constructed in an attempt to identify residues triggering the anti-proliferative activity and in an attempt to enhance this activity.
  • In addition to retaining tight receptor binding and the ability to inhibit cell growth, the huMAb4D5-8 also confers a secondary immune function (ADCC). This allows for direct cytotoxic activity of the humanized molecule in the presence of human effector cells. The apparent selectivity of the cytotoxic activity for cell types which overexpress p185HER2 allows for the evolution of a straightforward clinic approach to those human cancers characterized by overexpression of the HER2 protooncogene.
    TABLE 3
    p185HER2 ECD binding affinity and anti-proliferative activities of MAb4D5 variants
    VH Residue* VL Residue*
    MAb4D5 71 73 78 93 102 55 66 Kd † Relative cell
    Variant FR3 FR3 FR3 FR3 CDR3 CDR2 FR3 nM proliferation‡
    huMAb4D5-1 R D L A V E G 25 102
    huMAb4D5-2 Ala D L A V E G 4.7 101
    huMAb4D5-3 Ala Thr Ala Ser V E G 4.4 66
    huMAb4D5-4 Ala Thr L Ser V E Arg 0.82 56
    huMAb4D5-5 Ala Thr Ala Ser V E Arg 1.1 48
    huMAb4D5-6 Ala Thr Ala Ser V Tyr Arg 0.22 51
    huMAb4D5-7 Ala Thr Ala Ser Tyr E Arg 0.62 53
    huMAb4D5-8 Ala Thr Ala Ser Tyr Tyr Arg 0.10 54
    muMAb4D5 Ala Thr Ala Ser Tyr Tyr Arg 0.30 37

    *Human and murine residues are shown in one letter and three letter amino acid code respectively.

    †Kd values for the p185HER2 ECD were determined using the method of Friguet et al. (43) and the standard error of each estimate is ≦ ±10%.

    ‡Proliferation of SK-BR-3 cells incubated for 96 hr with MAb4D5 variants shown as a percentage of the untreated control as described (Hudziak, R. M. et al., Molec. Cell. Biol. 9: 1165-1172 (1989)). Data represent the maximal anti-proliferative effect for each variant (see FIG. 3A) calculated as the mean of triplicate determinations at a MAb4D5 concentration of 8 μg/ml. Data are all taken from the same experiment with an estimated standard error of ≦ ±15%.
  • TABLE 4
    Selectivity of antibody dependent tumor
    cell cytotoxicity mediated by huMAb4D5-8
    Effector:Target WI-38* SK-BR-3
    ratio† muMAb4D5 huMAb4D5-8 muMAb4D5 huMAb4D5-8
    A.‡   25:1 <1.0 9.3 7.5 40.6
    12.5:1 <1.0 11.1 4.7 36.8
    6.25:1 <1.0 8.9 0.9 35.2
    3.13:1 <1.0 8.5 4.6 19.6
    B.   25:1 <1.0 3.1 6.1 33.4
    12.5:1 <1.0 1.7 5.5 26.2
    6.25:1 1.3 2.2 2.0 21.0
    3.13:1 <1.0 0.8 2.4 13.4

    *Sensitivity to ADCC of two human cell lines (WI-38, normal lung epithelium; and SK-BR-3, human breast tumor cell line) are compared. WI-38 expresses a low level of p185HER2 (0.6 pg per μg cell protein) and SK-BR-3 expresses a high level of p185HER2 (64 pg p185HER2 per μg cell protein), as determined by ELISA (Fendly et al., J. Biol. Resp. Mod. 9: 449-455 (1990)).

    †ADCC assays were carried out as described in Brüggemann et al., J. Exp. Med. 166: 1351-1361 (1987). Effector to target ratios were of IL-2 activated human peripheral blood lymphocytes to either WI-38 fibroblasts or SK-BR-3 tumor cells in 96-well microtiter plates for 4 hours at 37° C. Values given represent percent specific cell lysis as determined by 51Cr release. Estimated standard error in these quadruplicate determinations was ≦ ±10%.

    ‡Monoclonal antibody concentrations used were 0.1 μg/ml (A) and 0.1 μg/ml (B).
    • Example 2 Schematic Method for Humanizing an Antibody Sequence
  • This example illustrates one stepwise elaboration of the methods for creating a humanized sequence described above. It will be understood that not all of these steps are essential to the claimed invention, and that steps may be taken in different order.
    • 1. ascertain a consensus human variable domain amino acid sequence and prepare from it a consensus structural model.
    • 2. prepare model of import (the non-human domain to be humanized) variable domain sequences and note structural differences with respect to consensus human model.
    • 3. identify CDR sequences in human and in import, both by using Kabat (supra, 1987) and crystal structure criteria. If there is any difference in CDR identity from the different criteria, use of crystal structure definition of the CDR, but retain the Kabat residues as important framework residues to import.
    • 4. substitute import CDR sequences for human CDR sequences to obtain initial “humanized” sequence.
    • 5. compare import non-CDR variable domain sequence to the humanized sequence and note divergences.
    • 6. Proceed through the following analysis for each amino acid residue where the import diverges from the humanized.
      • a. If the humanized residue represents a residue which is generally highly conserved across all species, use the residue in the humanized sequence. If the residue is not conserved across all species, proceed with the analysis described in 6b.
      • b. If the residue is not generally conserved across all species, ask if the residue is generally conserved in humans.
        • i. If the residue is generally conserved in humans but the import residue differs, examine the structural models of the import and human sequences and determine if the import residue would be likely to affect the binding or biological activity of the CDRs by considering 1) could it bind antigen directly and 2) could it affect the conformation of the CDR. If the conclusion is that an affect on the CDRs is likely, substitute the import residue. If the conclusion is that a CDR affect is unlikely, leave the humanized residue unchanged.
        • ii. If the residue is also not generally conserved in humans, examine the structural models of the import and human sequences and determine if the import residue would be likely to affect the binding or biological activity of the CDRs be considering 1) could it bind antigen directly and 2) could it affect the conformation of the CDR. If the conclusion is that an affect on the CDRs is likely, substitute the import residue. If the conclusion is that a CDR affect is unlikely, proceed to the next step.
          • a) Examine the structural models of the import and human sequences and determine if the residue is exposed on the surface of the domain or is buried within. If the residue is exposed, use the residue in the humanized sequence. If the residue is buried, proceed to the next step.
            • (i) Examine the structural models of the import and human sequences and determine if the residue is likely to affect the VL-VH interface. Residues involved with the interface include: 34L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 33L, 36L, 85L, 87L, 89L, 91 L, 96L, 98L, 35H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 47H, 60H, 91H, 93H, 95H, 100H, and 103H. If no effect is likely, use the residue in the humanized sequence. If some affect is likely, substitute the import residue.
    • 7. Search the import sequence, the consensus sequence and the humanized sequence for glycosylation sites outside the CDRs, and determine if this glycosylation site is likely to have any affect on antigen binding and/or biological activity. If no effect is likely, use the human sequence at that site; if some affect is likely, eliminate the glycosylation site or use the import sequence at that site.
    • 8. After completing the above analysis, determine the planned humanized sequence and prepare and test a sample. If the sample does not bind well to the target antigen, examine the particular residues listed below, regardless of the question of residue identity between the import and humanized residues.
      • a. Examine particular peripheral (non-CDR) variable domain residues that may, due to their position, possibly interact directly with a macromolecular antigen, including the following residues (where the * indicates residues which have been found to interact with antigen based on crystal structures):
        • i. Variable light domain: 36, 46, 49*, 63-70
        • ii. Variable heavy domain: 2, 47*, 68, 70, 73-76.
      • b. Examine particular variable domain residues which could interact with, or otherwise affect, the conformation of variable domain CDRs, including the following (not including CDR residues themselves, since it is assumed that, because the CDRs interact with one another, any residue in one CDR could potentially affect the conformation of another CDR residue) (L=LIGHT, H=HEAVY, residues appearing in bold are indicated to be structurally important according the Chothia et al., Nature 342:877 (1989), and residues appearing in italic were altered during humanization by Queen et al. (PDL), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029 (1989) and Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:2869 (1991).):
        • i. Variable light domain:
          • a) CDR-1 (residues 24L-34L): 2L, 4L, 66L-69L, 71L
          • b) CDR-2 (residues 50L-56L): 35L, 46L, 47L, 48L, 49L, 58L, 62L, 64L-66L, 71L, 73L
          • c) CDR-3 (residues 89L-97L): 2L, 4L, 36L, 98L, 37H, 45H, 47H, 58H, 60H
        • ii. Variable heavy domain:
          • a) CDR-1 (residues 26H-35H): 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 71 H, 73H, 76H, 78H, 92H, 94H
          • b) CDR-2 (residues 50H-55H): 49H, 69H, 69H, 71H, 73H, 78H
          • c) CDR-3 (residues 95H-102H): examine all residues as possible interaction partners with this loop, because this loop varies in size and conformation much more than the other CDRs.
    • 9. If after step 8 the humanized variable domain still is lacking in desired binding, repeat step 8. In addition, re-investigate any buried residues which might affect the VL-VH interface (but which would not directly affect CDR conformation). Additionally, evaluate the accessibility of non-CDR residues to solvent.
    Example 3 Engineering a Humanized Bispecific F(ab′)2 Fragment
  • This example demonstrates the construction of a humanized bispecific antibody (BsF(ab′)2v1 by separate E. coli expression of each Fab′ arm followed by directed chemical coupling in vitro. BsF(ab′)2 v1 (anti-CD3/anti-p185HER2) was demonstrated to retarget the cytotoxic activity of human CD3+ CTL in vitro against the human breast tumor cell line, SK-BR-3, which overexpresses the p185HER2 product of the protooncogene HER2. This example demonstrates the minimalistic humanization strategy of installing as few murine residues as possible into a human antibody in order to recruit antigen-binding affinity and biological properties comparable to that of the murine parent antibody. This strategy proved very successful for the anti-p185HER2arm of BsF(ab′)2v1. In contrast BsF(ab′)2 v1 binds to T cells via its anti-CD3 arm much less efficiently than does the chimeric BsF(ab′)2 which contains the variable domains of the murine parent anti-CD3 antibody. Here we have constructed additional BsF(ab′)2 fragments containing variant anti-CD3 arms with selected murine residues restored in an attempt to improve antibody binding to T cells. One such variant, BsF(ab′)2 v9, was created by replacing six residues in the second hypervariable loop of the anti-CD3 heavy chain variable domain of BsF(ab′)2 v1 with their counterparts from the murine parent anti-CD3 antibody. BsF(ab′)2 v9 binds to T cells (Jurkat) much more efficiently than does BsF(ab′)2 v1 and almost as efficiently as the chimeric BsF(ab′)2. This improvement in the efficiency of T cell binding of the humanized BsF(ab′)2 is an important step in its development as a potential therapeutic agent for the treatment of p185HER2-overexpressing cancers.
  • Bispecific antibodies (BsAbs) with specificities for tumor-associated antigens and surface markers on immune effector cells have proved effective for retargeting effector cells to kill tumor targets both in vitro and in vivo (reviewed by Fanger, M. W. et al., Immunol. Today 10: 92-99 (1989); Fanger, M. W. et al., Immunol. Today 12: 51-54 (1991); and Nelson, H., Cancer Cells 3: 163-172 (1991)). BsF(ab′)2 fragments have often been used in preference to intact BsAbs in retargeted cellular cytotoxicity to avoid the risk of killing innocent bystander cells binding to the Fc region of the antibody. An additional advantage of BsF(ab′)2 over intact BsAbs is that they are generally much simpler to prepare free of contaminating monospecific molecules (reviewed by Songsivilai, S. and Lachmann, P. J., Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79: 315-321 (1990) and Nolan, O. and O'Kennedy, R., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1040: 1-11 (1990)).
  • BsF(ab′)2 fragments are traditionally constructed by directed chemical coupling of Fab′ fragments obtained by limited proteolysis plus mild reduction of the parent rodent monoclonal Ab (Brennan, M. et al., Science 229, 81-83 (1985) and Glennie, M. J. et al., J. Immunol. 139: 2367-2375 (1987)). One such BsF(ab′)2 fragment (anti-glioma associated antigen/anti-CD3) was found to have clinical efficacy in glioma patients (Nitta, T. et al., Lancet 335: 368-371 (1990) and another BsF(ab′)2 (anti-indium chelate/anti-carcinoembryonic antigen) allowed clinical imaging of colorectal carcinoma (Stickney, D. R. et al, Antibody, Immunoconj. Radiopharm. 2: 1-13 (1989)). Future BsF(ab′)2 destined for clinical applications are likely to be constructed from antibodies which are either human or at least “humanized” (Riechmann, L. et al., Nature 332: 323-327 (1988) to reduce their immunogenicity (Hale, G. et al., Lancet i: 1394-1399 (1988)).
  • Recently a facile route to a fully humanized BsF(ab′)2 fragment designed for tumor immunotherapy has been demonstrated (Shalaby, M. R. et al., J. Exp. Med. 175: 217-225 (1992)). This approach involves separate E. coli expression of each Fab′ arm followed by traditional directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the BsF(ab′)2. One arm of the BsF(ab′)2 was a humanized version (Carter, P. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1992a) and Carter, P., et al., Bio/Technology 10: 163-167 (1992b)) of the murine monoclonal Ab 4D5 which is directed against the p185HER2 product of the protooncogene HER2 (c-erbB-2) (Fendly, B. M. et al. Cancer Res. 50: 1550-1558 (1989)). The humanization of the antibody 4D5 is shown in Example 1 of this application. The second arm was a minimalistically humanized anti-CD3 antibody (Shalaby et al. supra) which was created by installing the CDR loops from the variable domains of the murine parent monoclonal Ab UCHT1 (Beverley, P. C. L. and Callard, R. E., Eur. J. Immunol. 11: 329-334 (1981)) into the humanized anti-p185HER2 antibody. The BsF(ab′)2 fragment containing the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant (v1) was demonstrated by flow cytometry to bind specifically to a tumor target overexpressing p185HER2 and to human peripheral blood mononuclear cells carrying CD3. In addition, BsF(ab′)2 v1 enhanced the cytotoxic effects of activated human CTL 4-fold against SK-BR-3 tumor cells overexpressing p185HER2. The example descries efforts to improve the antigen binding affinity of the humanized anti-CD3 arm by the judicious recruitment of a small number of additional murine residues into the minimalistically humanized anti-CD3 variable domains.
    • Materials and Methods
  • Construction of Mutations in the Anti-CD3 Variable Region Genes.
  • The construction of genes encoding humanized anti-CD3 variant 1 (v1) variable light (VL) and heavy (VH) chain domains in phagemid pUC119 has been described (Shalaby et al. supra). Additional anti-CD3 variants were generated using an efficient site-directed mutagenesis method (Carter, P., Mutagenesis: a practical approach, (M. J. McPherson, Ed.), Chapter 1, IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1991)) using mismatched oligonucleotides which either install or remove unique restriction sites. Oligonucleotides used are listed below using lowercase to indicate the targeted mutations. Corresponding coding changes are denoted by the starting amino acid in one letter code followed by the residue numbered according to Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th edition, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., USA (1991), then the replacement amino acid and finally the identity of the anti-CD3 variant:
    HX11,
    5′ GTAGATAAATCCtctAACACAGCCTAtCTGC (SEQ.ID. NO. 11)
    AAATG 3′
    VH K75S, v6;
    HX12,
    5′ GTAGATAAATCCAAAtctACAGCCTAtCTGC (SEQ.ID. NO. 12)
    AAATG 3′
    VH N76S, v7;
    HX13,
    5′ GTAGATAAATCCtcttctACAGCCTAtCTGC (SEQ.ID. NO. 13)
    AAATG 3′
    VH K75S:N76S, v8;
    X14,
    5′ CTTATAAAGGTGTTtCcACCTATaaCcAgAa (SEQ.ID. NO. 14)
    atTCAAGGatCGTTTCACgATAtcCGTAGATAAA
    TCC 3′
    VH T57S:A60N:D61Q:S62K:V63F:G65D,
    v9;
    LX6,
    5′ CTATACCTCCCGTCTgcatTCTGGAGTCCC (SEQ.ID. NO. 15)
    3′
    VL E55H, v11.

    Oligonucleotides HX11, HX12 and HX13 each remove a site for BspMI, whereas LX6 removes a site for XhoI and HX14 installs a site for EcoRV (bold). Anti-CD3 variant v10 was constructed from v9 by site-directed mutagenesis using oligonucleotide HX13. Mutants were verified by dideoxynucleotide sequencing (Sanger, F. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74: 5463-5467 (1977)).
    E. coli Expression of Fab′ Fragments
  • The expression plasmid, pAK19, for the co-secretion of light chain and heavy chain Fd′ fragment of the most preferred humanized anti-p185HER2 variant, HuMAb4D5-8, is described in Carter et al., 1992b, supra. Briefly, the Fab′ expression unit is bicistronic with both chains under the transcriptional control of the phoA promoter. Genes encoding humanized VL and VH domains are precisely fused on their 5′ side to a gene segment encoding the heat-stable enterotoxin II signal sequence and on their 3′ side to human k1 CL and IgG1 C H1 constant domain genes, respectively.
  • The C H1 gene is immediately followed by a sequence encoding the hinge sequence CysAlaAla and followed by a bacteriophage λ t0 transcriptional terminator. Fab′ expression plasmids for chimeric and humanized anti-CD3 variants (v1 to v4, Shalaby et al.,supra; v6 to v12, this study) were created from pAK19 by precisely replacing anti-p185 HER2 VL and VH gene segments with those encoding murine and corresponding humanized variants of the anti-CD3 antibody, respectively, by sub-cloning and site-directed mutagenesis. The Fab′ expression plasmid for the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant identified in this study (v9) is designated pAK22. The anti-p185HER2 Fab′ fragment was secreted from E. coli K12 strain 25F2 containing plasmid pAK19 grown for 32 to 40 hr at 37° C. in an aerated 10 liter fermentor. The final cell density was 120-150 OD550 and the titer of soluble and functional anti-p185 HER2 Fab′ was 1-2 g/liter as judged by antigen binding ELISA (Carter et al., 1992b, supra). Anti-CD3 Fab′ variants were secreted from E. coli containing corresponding expression plasmids using very similar fermentation protocols. The highest expression titers of chimeric and humanized anti-CD3 variants were 200 mg/liter and 700 mg/liter, respectively, as judged by total immunoglobulin ELISA.
  • Construction of BsF(ab′)2 Fragments
  • Fab′ fragments were directly recovered from E. coli fermentation pastes in the free thiol form (Fab′-SH) by affinity purification on Streptococcal protein G at pH 5 in the presence of EDTA (Carter et al, 1992b supra). Thioether linked BsF(ab′)2 fragments (anti-p185HER2/anti-CD3) were constructed by the procedure of Glennie et al. supra with the following modifications. Anti-p185HER2 Fab′-SH in 100 mM Tris acetate, 5 mM EDTA (pH 5.0) was reacted with 0.1 vol of 40 mM N,N′-1,2-phenylenedimalemide (o-PDM) in dimethyl formamide for ˜1.5 hr at 20° C. Excess o-PDM was removed by protein G purification of the Fab′ maleimide derivative (Fab′-mal) followed by buffer exchange into 20 mM sodium acetate, 5 mM EDTA (pH 5.3) (coupling buffer) using centriprep-30 concentrators (Amicon). The total concentration of Fab′ variants was estimated from the measured absorbance at 280 nm (HuMAb4D5-8 Fab′ e0.1%=1.56, Carter et al., 1992b, supra). The free thiol content of Fab′ preparations was estimated by reaction with 5, 5′-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) as described by Creighton, T. E., Protein structure: a practical approach, (T. E. Creighton, Ed.), Chapter 7, IRL Press, Oxford, UK (1990). Equimolar amounts of anti-p185HER2 Fab′-mal (assuming quantitative reaction of Fab′-SH with o-PDM) and each anti-CD3 Fab′-SH variant were coupled together at a combined concentration of 1 to 2.5 mg/ml in the coupling buffer for 14 to 48 hr at 4° C. The coupling reaction was adjusted to 4 mM cysteine at pH 7.0 and incubated for 15 min at 20° C. to reduce any unwanted disulfide-linked F(ab′)2formed. These reduction conditions are sufficient to reduce inter-heavy chain disulfide bonds with virtually no reduction of the disulfide between light and heavy chains. Any free thiols generated were then blocked with 50 mM iodoacetamide. BsF(ab′)2was isolated from the coupling reaction by S100-HR (Pharmacia) size exclusion chromatography (2.5 cm×100 cm) in the presence of PBS. The BsF(ab′)2 samples were passed through a 0.2 mm filter flash frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at −70° C.
  • Flow Cytometric Analysis of F(ab′)2 Binding to Jurkat Cells
  • The Jurkat human acute T cell leukemia cell line was purchased from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, Va.) (ATCC TIB 152) and grown as recommended by the ATCC. Aliquots of 106 Jurkat cells were incubated with appropriate concentrations of BsF(ab′)2 (anti-p185HER2/anti-CD3 variant) or control mono-specific anti-p185HER2 F(ab′)2 in PBS plus 0.1 % bovine serum albumin and 10 mM sodium azide for 45 min at 4° C. The cells were washed and then incubated with fluorescein-conjugated goat anti-human F(ab′)2 (Organon Teknika, West Chester, Pa.) for 45 min at 4° C. Cells were washed and analyzed on a FACScan® (Becton Dickinson and Co., Mountain View, Calif.). Cells (8×103) were acquired by list mode and gated by forward light scatter versus side light scatter excluding dead cells and debris.
    • Results
  • Design of Humanized Anti-CD3 Variants
  • The most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant previously identified, v1, differs from the murine parent antibody, UCHT1 at 19 out of 107 amino acid residues within VL and at 37 out of 122 positions within VH (Shalaby et al.,supra) 1992). Here we recruited back additional murine residues into anti-CD3 v1 in an attempt to improve the binding affinity for CD3. The strategy chosen was a compromise between minimizing both the number of additional murine residues recruited and the number of anti-CD3 variants to be analyzed. We focused our attentions on a few CDR residues which were originally kept as human sequences in our minimalistic humanization regime. Thus human residues in VH CDR2 of anti-CD3 v1 were replaced en bloc with their murine counterparts to give anti-CD3 v9: T57S:A60N:D61Q:S62K:V63F:G65D (SEQ ID NO:20). Similarly, the human residue E55 in VL CDR2 of anti-CD3 v1 was replaced with histidine from the murine anti-CD3 antibody to generate anti-CD3 v11. In addition, VH framework region (FR) residues 75 and 76 in anti-CD3 v1 were also replaced with their murine counterparts to create anti-CD3 v8: K75S:N76S. VH residues 75 and 76 are located in a loop close to VH CDR1 and CDR2 and therefore might influence antigen binding. Additional variants created by combining mutations at these three sites are described below.
  • Preparation of BsF(ab′)2 Fragments
  • Soluble and functional anti-p185HER2 and anti-CD3 Fab′ fragments were recovered directly from corresponding E. coli fermentation pastes with the single hinge cysteine predominantly in the free thiol form (75-100% Fab′-SH) by affinity purification on Streptococcal protein G at pH in the presence of EDTA (Carter et al., 1992b, supra). Thioether-linked BsF(ab′)2 fragments were then constructed by directed coupling using o-PDM as described by Glennie et al., supra. One arm was always the most potent humanized anti-p185HER2 variant, HuMAb4D5-8 (Carter et al., 1992a, supra) and the other either a chimeric or humanized variant of the anti-CD3 antibody. Anti-p185HER2 Fab′-SH was reacted with o-PDM to form the maleimide derivative (Fab′-mal) and then coupled to the Fab′-SH for each anti-CD3 variant. F(ab′)2 was then purified away from unreacted Fab′ by size exclusion chromatography as shown for a representative preparation (BsF(ab′)2 v8) in data not shown. The F(ab′)2 fragment represents ˜54% of the total amount of antibody fragments (by mass) as judged by integration of the chromatograph peaks.
  • SDS-PAGE analysis of this BsF(ab′)2 v8 preparation under non-reducing conditions gave one major band with the expected mobility (Mr˜96 kD) as well as several very minor bands (data not shown). Amino-terminal sequence analysis of the major band after electroblotting on to polyvinylidene difluoride membrane Matsudaira, P., J. Biol. Chem. 262:10035-10038 (1987) gave the expected mixed sequence from a stoichiometric 1:1 mixture of light and heavy chains (VL/VH: D/E, I/V, Q/Q, M/L, T/V, Q/E, S/S) expected for BsF(ab′)2. The amino terminal region of both light chains are identical as are both heavy chains and correspond to consensus human FR sequences. We have previously demonstrated that F(ab′)2 constructed by directed chemical coupling carry both anti-p185HER2 and anti-CD3 antigen specificities (Shalaby et al., supra). The level of contamination of the BsF(ab′)2 with monospecific F(ab′)2 is likely to be very low since mock coupling reactions with either anti-p185HER2 Fab′-mal or anti-CD3 Fab′-SH alone did not yield detectable quantities of F(ab′)2. Furthermore the coupling reaction was subjected to a mild reduction step followed by alkylation to remove trace amounts of disulfide-linked F(ab′)2 that might be present. SDS-PAGE of the purified F(ab′)2 under reducing conditions gave two major bands with electrophoretic mobility and amino terminal sequence anticipated for free light chain and thioether-linked heavy chain dimers.
  • Scanning LASER densitometry of a o-PDM coupled F(ab′)2 preparation suggest that the minor species together represent ˜10% of the protein. These minor contaminants were characterized by amino terminal sequence analysis and were tentatively identified on the basis of stoichiometry of light and heavy chain sequences and their electrophoretic mobility (data not shown). These data are consistent with the minor contaminants including imperfect F(ab′)2 in which the disulfide bond between light and heavy chains is missing in one or both arms, trace amounts of Fab′ and heavy chain thioether-linked to light chain. Binding of BsF(ab′)2 to Jurkat cells Binding of BsF(ab′)2 containing different anti-CD3 variants to Jurkat cells (human acute T cell leukemia) was investigated by flow cytometry (data not shown). BsF(ab′)2 v9 binds much more efficiently to Jurkat cells than does our starting molecule, BsF(ab′)2 v1, and almost as efficiently as the chimeric BsF(ab′)2. Installation of additional murine residues into anti-CD3 v9 to create v10 (VH K75S:N76S) and v12 (VH K75S:N76S plus VL E55H) did not further improve binding of corresponding BsF(ab′)2 to Jurkat cells. Nor did recruitment of these murine residues into anti-CD3 v1 improve Jurkat binding: VH K75S (v6), VH N76S (v7), VH K75S:N76S (v8), VL E55H (v11) (not shown). BsF(ab′)2v9 was chosen for future study since it is amongst the most efficient variants in binding to Jurkat cells and contains fewest murine residues in the humanized anti-CD3 arm. A monospecific anti-p185HER2 F(ab′)2 did not show significant binding to Jurkat cells consistent with the interaction being mediated through the anti-CD3 arm.
    • Discussion
  • A minimalistic strategy was chosen to humanize the anti-p185HER2 (Carter et al., 1992a, supra) and anti-CD3 arms (Shalaby et al., supra) of the BsF(ab′)2 in this study in an attempt to minimize the potential immunogenicity of the resulting humanized antibody in the clinic. Thus we tried to install the minimum number of murine CDR and FR residues into the context of consensus human variable domain sequences as required to recruit antigen-binding affinity and biological properties comparable to the murine parent antibody. Molecular modeling was used firstly to predict the murine FR residues which might be important to antigen binding and secondly to predict the murine CDR residues that might not be required. A small number of humanized variants were then constructed to test these predictions.
  • Our humanization strategy was very successful for the anti-p185HER2 antibody where one out of eight humanized variants (HuMAb4D5-8, IgG1) was identified that bound the p185HER2 antigen ˜3-fold more tightly than the parent murine antibody (Carter et al., 1992a, supra). HuMAb4D5-8 contains a total of five murine FR residues and nine murine CDR residues, including VH CDR2 residues 60-65, were discarded in favor of human counterparts. In contrast, BsF(ab′)2 v1 containing the most potent humanized anti-CD3 variant out of four originally constructed (Shalaby et al., supra) binds J6 cells with an affinity (Kd) of 140 nM which is ˜70-fold weaker than that of the corresponding chimeric BsF(ab′)2.
  • Here we have restored T cell binding of the humanized anti-CD3 close to that of the chimeric variant by replacing six human residues in VH CDR2 with their murine counterparts: T57S:A60N:D61Q:S62K:V63F:G65D (anti-CD3 v9, FIG. 5). It appears more likely that these murine residues enhance antigen binding indirectly by influencing the conformation of residues in the N-terminal part of VH CDR2 rather than by directly contacting antigen. Firstly, only N-terminal residues in VH CDR2 (50-58) have been found to contact antigen in one or more of eight crystallographic structures of antibody/antigen complexes (Kabat et al., supra; and Mian, I. S. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 217: 133-151 (1991), FIG. 5). Secondly, molecular modeling suggests that residues in the C-terminal part of VH CDR2 are at least partially buried (FIG. 5). BsF(ab′)2 v9 binds to SK-BR-3 breast tumor cells with equal efficiency to BsF(ab′)2 v1 and chimeric BsF(ab′)2 as anticipated since the anti-p185HER2 arm is identical in all of these molecules (Shalaby et al., supra, not shown).
  • Our novel approach to the construction of BsF(ab′)2 fragments exploits an E. coli expression system which secretes humanized Fab′ fragments at gram per liter titers and permits their direct recovery as Fab′-SH (Carter et al., 1992b, supra). Traditional directed chemical coupling of Fab′-SH fragments is then used to form BsF(ab′)2 in vitro (Brennan et al.,supra; and Glennie et al., supra). This route to Fab′-SH obviates problems which are inherent in their generation from intact antibodies: differences in susceptibility to proteolysis and nonspecific cleavage resulting in heterogeneity, low yield as well as partial reduction that is not completely selective for the hinge disulfide bonds. The strategy of using E. coli-derived Fab′-SH containing a single hinge cysteine abolishes some sources of heterogeneity in BsF(ab′)2 preparation such as intra-hinge disulfide formation and contamination with intact parent antibody whilst greatly diminishes others, eg. formation of F(ab′)3fragments.
  • BsF(ab′)2 fragments constructed here were thioether-linked as originally described by Glennie et al., supra with future in vivo testing of these molecules in mind. Thioether bonds, unlike disulfide bonds, are not susceptible to cleavage by trace amounts of thiol, which led to the proposal that thioether-linked F(ab′)2 may be more stable than disulfide-linked F(ab′)2 in vivo (Glennie et al., supra). This hypothesis is supported by our preliminary pharmacokinetic experiments in normal mice which suggest that thioether-linked BsF(ab′)2 v1 has a 3-fold longer plasma residence time than BsF(ab′)2 v1 linked by a single disulfide bond. Disulfide and thioether-linked chimeric BsF(ab′)2 were found to be indistinguishable in their efficiency of cell binding and in their retargeting of CTL cytotoxicity, which suggests that o-PDM directed coupling does not compromise binding of the BsF(ab′)2 to either antigen (not shown). Nevertheless the nature of the linkage appears not to be critical since a disulfide-linked BsF(ab′)2 (murine anti-p185HER2/murine anti-CD3) was recently shown by others (Nishimura et al., Int. J. Cancer 50: 800-804 (1992) to have potent anti-tumor activity in nude mice. Our previous study (Shalaby et, al., supra) together with this one and that of Nishimura, T. et al., supra improve the potential for using BsF(ab′)2 in targeted immunotherapy of p185HER2-overexpressing cancers in humans.
    • Example 4 Humanization of an Anti-CD18 Antibody
  • A murine antibody directed against the leukocyte adhesion receptor β-chain (known as the H52 antibody) was humanized following the methods described above. FIGS. 6A and 6B provide amino acid sequence comparisons for the murine and humanized antibody light chains and heavy chains.

Claims (6)

1. A humanized antibody variable domain having a non-human CDR incorporated into a human antibody variable domain, wherein the improvement comprises substituting an amino acid residue for the human residue at a site selected from the group consisting of:
4L, 35L, 36L, 38L, 43L, 44L, 46L, 58L, 62L, 63L, 64L, 65L, 66L, 67L, 68L, 69L, 60L, 71L, 73L, 85L, 87L, 98L, 2H, 4H, 24H, 36H, 37H, 39H, 43H, 45H, 49H, 58H, 60H, 67H, 68H, 69H, 70H, 73H, 74H, 75H, 76H, 78H, 91H, 92H, 93H, and 103H.
2. The humanized antibody variable domain of claim 1, wherein the substituted residue is the residue found at the corresponding location of the non-human antibody from which the non-human CDR was obtained.
3. The humanized antibody variable domain of claim 1, wherein no human FR residue other than those set forth in the group has been substituted.
4. A humanized antibody that binds to human HER2.
5. The humanized antibody of claim 4 comprising huMAb4D5-8.
6. A humanized HER2 antibody comprising huMAb4D5-8.
US11/444,791 1991-06-14 2006-06-01 Method for making humanized antibodies Abandoned US20070077243A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/444,791 US20070077243A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2006-06-01 Method for making humanized antibodies
US11/969,430 US8075890B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2008-01-04 Method for making humanized antibodies

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US71527291A 1991-06-14 1991-06-14
PCT/US1992/005126 WO1992022653A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-06-15 Method for making humanized antibodies
US08/146,206 US6407213B1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-06-15 Method for making humanized antibodies
US09/705,398 US6800738B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2000-11-02 Method for making humanized antibodies
US10/835,641 US20040236078A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2004-04-30 Method for making humanized antibodies
US11/444,791 US20070077243A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2006-06-01 Method for making humanized antibodies

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/835,641 Continuation US20040236078A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2004-04-30 Method for making humanized antibodies

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/969,430 Continuation US8075890B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2008-01-04 Method for making humanized antibodies

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20070077243A1 true US20070077243A1 (en) 2007-04-05

Family

ID=33032556

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/705,398 Expired - Fee Related US6800738B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2000-11-02 Method for making humanized antibodies
US10/835,641 Abandoned US20040236078A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2004-04-30 Method for making humanized antibodies
US11/444,791 Abandoned US20070077243A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2006-06-01 Method for making humanized antibodies
US11/969,430 Expired - Fee Related US8075890B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2008-01-04 Method for making humanized antibodies

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/705,398 Expired - Fee Related US6800738B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2000-11-02 Method for making humanized antibodies
US10/835,641 Abandoned US20040236078A1 (en) 1991-06-14 2004-04-30 Method for making humanized antibodies

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/969,430 Expired - Fee Related US8075890B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2008-01-04 Method for making humanized antibodies

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (4) US6800738B1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050208043A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2005-09-22 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-ErbB2 antibodies and treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies
US20060013819A1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2006-01-19 Genentech, Inc. Therapy of platinum-resistant cancer
US20060165702A1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Fixed dosing of HER antibodies
US20060188509A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-24 Genentech, Inc. Extending time to disease progression or survival in cancer patients
US20070184055A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2007-08-09 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-erbb2 antibodies
US20070269429A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2007-11-22 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-erbb2 antibodies
US7560111B2 (en) 2004-07-22 2009-07-14 Genentech, Inc. HER2 antibody composition
US8075890B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2011-12-13 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies

Families Citing this family (161)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6267958B1 (en) * 1995-07-27 2001-07-31 Genentech, Inc. Protein formulation
ZA9811162B (en) 1997-12-12 2000-06-07 Genentech Inc Treatment with anti-ERBB2 antibodies.
WO2001083781A2 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 14094, a novel human trypsin family member and uses thereof
CN101711868A (en) 2000-05-19 2010-05-26 杰南技术公司 Gene detection assay for improving the likelihood of an effective response to a ErbB antibody cancer therapy
WO2002076401A2 (en) 2001-03-26 2002-10-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Method of attenuating reactions to skin irritants
CA2494485A1 (en) * 2002-07-25 2004-02-05 Medimmune, Inc. Methods of treating and preventing rsv, hmpv, and piv using anti-rsv, anti-hmpv, and anti-piv antibodies
US9453251B2 (en) * 2002-10-08 2016-09-27 Pfenex Inc. Expression of mammalian proteins in Pseudomonas fluorescens
EP1587540B1 (en) * 2003-01-09 2021-09-15 MacroGenics, Inc. IDENTIFICATION AND ENGINEERING OF ANTIBODIES WITH VARIANT Fc REGIONS AND METHODS OF USING SAME
US7960512B2 (en) 2003-01-09 2011-06-14 Macrogenics, Inc. Identification and engineering of antibodies with variant Fc regions and methods of using same
AU2004205684A1 (en) * 2003-01-23 2004-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Methods for producing humanized antibodies and improving yield of antibodies or antigen binding fragments in cell culture
JP2007501011A (en) * 2003-08-01 2007-01-25 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド Binding polypeptide having restriction diversity sequence
KR101183720B1 (en) 2004-01-16 2012-09-17 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 Expression of mammalian proteins in pseudomonas fluorescens
EP1708752B1 (en) * 2004-01-27 2012-02-22 University Of Southern California Polymer-bound antibody cancer therapeutic agent
US20050288491A1 (en) * 2004-02-17 2005-12-29 Wilson David S Super-humanized antibodies against respiratory syncytial virus
US7785903B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2010-08-31 Genentech, Inc. Variable domain library and uses
JP2008504289A (en) * 2004-06-25 2008-02-14 メディミューン，インコーポレーテッド Increased production of recombinant antibodies in mammalian cells by site-directed mutagenesis
US8603824B2 (en) 2004-07-26 2013-12-10 Pfenex, Inc. Process for improved protein expression by strain engineering
JO3000B1 (en) * 2004-10-20 2016-09-05 Genentech Inc Antibody Formulations.
AU2005310247A1 (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-06-08 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods for inhibition of NKT cells
CA2587519A1 (en) * 2004-12-07 2006-06-15 Genentech, Inc. Selecting patients for therapy with a her inhibitor
RU2007133660A (en) * 2005-02-09 2009-03-20 Дженентек, Инк. (Us) HER2 SHADDING INHIBITION BY MATRIX METALLOPROTEINASE ANTAGONISTS
JP2006316040A (en) 2005-05-13 2006-11-24 Genentech Inc Herceptin(r) adjuvant treatment
PE20070207A1 (en) * 2005-07-22 2007-03-09 Genentech Inc COMBINED TREATMENT OF TUMORS THAT EXPRESS HER
LT2573114T (en) * 2005-08-10 2016-10-10 Macrogenics, Inc. Identification and engineering of antibodies with variant Fc regions and methods of using same
ES2577292T3 (en) 2005-11-07 2016-07-14 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with diversified VH / VL hypervariable sequences and consensus
WO2007103290A2 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-09-13 Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Materials and methods directed to asparagine synthetase and asparaginase therapies
WO2007106707A2 (en) * 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Macrogenics, Inc. Identification and engineering of antibodies with variant heavy chains and methods of using same
WO2007127936A2 (en) 2006-04-27 2007-11-08 Pikamab, Inc. Methods and compositions for antibody therapy
EP2016101A2 (en) * 2006-05-09 2009-01-21 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with optimized scaffolds
EP2021029B1 (en) 2006-05-26 2014-06-11 MacroGenics, Inc. Humanized fc gamma riib-specific antibodies and methods of use thereof
WO2008002933A2 (en) 2006-06-26 2008-01-03 Macrogenics, Inc. Combination of fcgammariib antibodies and cd20-specific antibodies and methods of use thereof
AU2007281876B2 (en) 2006-06-26 2013-09-05 Macrogenics, Inc. FcgammaRIIB-specific antibodies and methods of use thereof
US7749772B1 (en) 2006-06-29 2010-07-06 Varian, Inc. Antibody and immunoassays for determining the presence of Δ9-Tetrahydrocannabinol
US20080112961A1 (en) * 2006-10-09 2008-05-15 Macrogenics, Inc. Identification and Engineering of Antibodies with Variant Fc Regions and Methods of Using Same
US8652466B2 (en) 2006-12-08 2014-02-18 Macrogenics, Inc. Methods for the treatment of disease using immunoglobulins having Fc regions with altered affinities for FcγRactivating and FcγRinhibiting
PE20090681A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2009-06-10 Genentech Inc PREDICTION OF RESPONSE TO A HER INHIBITOR
US9580719B2 (en) 2007-04-27 2017-02-28 Pfenex, Inc. Method for rapidly screening microbial hosts to identify certain strains with improved yield and/or quality in the expression of heterologous proteins
BRPI0810120A2 (en) 2007-04-27 2014-11-11 Dow Global Technologies Inc PROCESS TO QUICKLY SELECT MICROBIAN HOST FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF CERTAIN BETTER YIELDS AND / OR QUALITY IN EXPRESSION OF HETEROLOGICAL PROTEINS
EP2152300A4 (en) * 2007-05-16 2012-12-05 Sinomab Bioscience Ltd Functional humanization of complementarity determining regions (cdrs)
ES2583377T3 (en) 2007-06-08 2016-09-20 Genentech, Inc. Gene expression markers of tumor resistance to HER2 inhibitor treatment
US9551033B2 (en) * 2007-06-08 2017-01-24 Genentech, Inc. Gene expression markers of tumor resistance to HER2 inhibitor treatment
US20090017050A1 (en) 2007-07-13 2009-01-15 Ventana Medical Systems, Inc. Egfr antigen-binding molecules and uses thereof
EP2902494A1 (en) 2007-11-09 2015-08-05 The Salk Institute for Biological Studies Use of tam receptor inhibitors as antimicrobials
US8454960B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2013-06-04 The Scripps Research Institute Multispecific antibody targeting and multivalency through modular recognition domains
SG189769A1 (en) 2008-01-03 2013-05-31 Scripps Research Inst Antibody targeting through a modular recognition domain
US8557242B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2013-10-15 The Scripps Research Institute ERBB2 antibodies comprising modular recognition domains
US8574577B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2013-11-05 The Scripps Research Institute VEGF antibodies comprising modular recognition domains
US8557243B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2013-10-15 The Scripps Research Institute EFGR antibodies comprising modular recognition domains
TWI472339B (en) 2008-01-30 2015-02-11 Genentech Inc Composition comprising antibody that binds to domain ii of her2 and acidic variants thereof
DK2254571T3 (en) 2008-03-18 2015-09-28 Genentech Inc Combinations of an anti-HER2 antibody-drug conjugate and the chemotherapeutic agents and methods of using
CN102046655B (en) 2008-04-02 2016-09-14 宏观基因有限公司 BCR-complex-specific antibody and its using method
MX2010010737A (en) 2008-04-02 2010-12-20 Macrogenics Inc Her2/neu-specific antibodies and methods of using same.
BRPI0812682A2 (en) 2008-06-16 2010-06-22 Genentech Inc metastatic breast cancer treatment
JP2012507299A (en) * 2008-10-31 2012-03-29 バイオジェン・アイデック・エムエイ・インコーポレイテッド LIGHT target molecule and use thereof
TW201438739A (en) 2009-03-20 2014-10-16 Genentech Inc Anti-HER antibodies
WO2010137654A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 株式会社未来創薬研究所 Pharmaceutical composition containing antagonist of egf family ligand as component
CA2761280A1 (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Modulators for her2 signaling in her2 expressing patients with gastric cancer
CA2777695A1 (en) * 2009-10-30 2011-05-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pcsk9 immunoassay
WO2011069074A2 (en) 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treating metastatic breast cancer with trastuzumab-mcc-dm1
EP2528947A4 (en) * 2010-01-28 2013-09-18 Glaxo Group Ltd Cd127 binding proteins
ES2519348T3 (en) 2010-02-18 2014-11-06 Genentech, Inc. Neurregulin antagonists and their use in cancer treatment
SG10201604336VA (en) 2010-03-04 2016-07-28 Macrogenics Inc Antibodies Reactive With B7-H3, Immunologically Active Fragments Thereof And Uses Thereof
US8802091B2 (en) 2010-03-04 2014-08-12 Macrogenics, Inc. Antibodies reactive with B7-H3 and uses thereof
WO2011146568A1 (en) 2010-05-19 2011-11-24 Genentech, Inc. Predicting response to a her inhibitor
US20120100166A1 (en) 2010-07-15 2012-04-26 Zyngenia, Inc. Ang-2 Binding Complexes and Uses Thereof
TWI589587B (en) 2010-11-19 2017-07-01 衛材Ｒ＆Ｄ企管股份有限公司 Neutralizing anti-ccl20 antibodies
US20130245233A1 (en) 2010-11-24 2013-09-19 Ming Lei Multispecific Molecules
WO2012085111A1 (en) 2010-12-23 2012-06-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Polypeptide-polynucleotide-complex and its use in targeted effector moiety delivery
EP2714738B1 (en) 2011-05-24 2018-10-10 Zyngenia, Inc. Multivalent and monovalent multispecific complexes and their uses
KR20140057326A (en) 2011-08-17 2014-05-12 제넨테크, 인크. Neuregulin antibodies and uses thereof
MY170725A (en) 2011-09-09 2019-08-27 Univ Osaka Dengue-virus serotype neutralizing antibodies
CN109908341B (en) 2011-10-14 2023-06-27 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Use of the HER2 dimerization inhibitor pertuzumab and articles of manufacture comprising the HER2 dimerization inhibitor pertuzumab
WO2013063229A1 (en) 2011-10-25 2013-05-02 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Her2 targeting agent treatment in non-her2-amplified cancers having her2 expressing cancer stem cells
RU2014126098A (en) 2011-11-30 2016-01-27 Дженентек, Инк. Mutations of ErbB3 in Cancer
WO2013083810A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2013-06-13 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Identification of non-responders to her2 inhibitors
TWI593705B (en) 2011-12-28 2017-08-01 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Humanized anti-epiregulin antibody and cancer therapeutic agent containing the antibody as an active ingredient
AU2013209492B2 (en) 2012-01-20 2018-02-08 Genzyme Corporation Anti-CXCR3 antibodies
US9592289B2 (en) 2012-03-26 2017-03-14 Sanofi Stable IgG4 based binding agent formulations
SG11201406079TA (en) 2012-03-27 2014-10-30 Genentech Inc Diagnosis and treatments relating to her3 inhibitors
US9212227B2 (en) 2012-04-30 2015-12-15 Janssen Biotech, Inc. ST2L antibody antagonists for the treatment of ST2L-mediated inflammatory pulmonary conditions
WO2013182668A1 (en) 2012-06-08 2013-12-12 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Mutant selectivity and combinations of a phosphoinositide 3 kinase inhibitor compound and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of cancer
EP2906598A1 (en) 2012-10-09 2015-08-19 Igenica Biotherapeutics, Inc. Anti-c16orf54 antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP2926142B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2022-07-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Identification of patients in need of pd-l1 inhibitor cotherapy
US9487587B2 (en) 2013-03-05 2016-11-08 Macrogenics, Inc. Bispecific molecules that are immunoreactive with immune effector cells of a companion animal that express an activating receptor and cells that express B7-H3 and uses thereof
US9649375B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-05-16 The Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Immunogenic peptide conjugate and method for inducing an anti-influenza therapeutic antibody response therewith
EA038918B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2021-11-09 Зинджения, Инк. Peptide binding an epidermal growth factor receptor, multispecific complexes comprising peptide and antibodies and use thereof
RU2019115089A (en) 2013-04-16 2019-06-11 Дженентек, Инк. VARIANTS OF PERTUSUMAB AND THEIR ANALYTICAL CHARACTERISTICS
WO2014185985A1 (en) * 2013-05-14 2014-11-20 Ambrx, Inc. Novel polypeptide small molecule conjugates and their uses
US9758574B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2017-09-12 National University Corporation Chiba University Inflammatory disease treatment composition including anti-myosin regulatory light-chain polypeptide antibody
ES2891755T3 (en) 2013-06-06 2022-01-31 Pf Medicament Anti-C10orf54 antibodies and uses thereof
CN104628846B (en) 2013-11-06 2019-12-06 三生国健药业（上海）股份有限公司 Method for purifying recombinant protein
SG11201606018UA (en) 2014-01-24 2016-08-30 Ngm Biopharmaceuticals Inc Binding proteins and methods of use thereof
RU2725093C2 (en) 2014-04-25 2020-06-29 Дженентек, Инк. Methods of treating early breast cancer with trastuzumab-mcc-dm1 and pertuzumab
BR112017004631A2 (en) 2014-09-12 2018-01-30 Genentech, Inc. antibody, nucleic acid, host cell, antibody production method, immunoconjugate, pharmaceutical formulation, methods of treatment, cell proliferation inhibition and human her2 detection and method for cancer detection
WO2016044396A1 (en) 2014-09-17 2016-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Immunoconjugates comprising anti-her2 antibodies and pyrrolobenzodiazepines
PT3800202T (en) 2014-12-11 2023-01-05 Pf Medicament Anti-c10orf54 antibodies and uses thereof
US11406715B2 (en) 2015-05-30 2022-08-09 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treating HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer
AR104987A1 (en) 2015-06-15 2017-08-30 Genentech Inc ANTIBODY-DRUG IMMUNOCUJADOS UNITED BY NON-PEPTIDIC LINKERS
PT3319995T (en) 2015-07-07 2019-06-14 H Hoffnabb La Roche Ag Combination therapy with an anti-her2 antibody-drug conjugate and a bcl-2 inhibitor
CN108289953B (en) 2015-09-29 2022-03-11 细胞基因公司 PD-1 binding proteins and methods of use thereof
WO2017087280A1 (en) 2015-11-16 2017-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treating her2-positive cancer
WO2017096017A1 (en) 2015-12-02 2017-06-08 Stsciences, Inc. Antibodies specific to glycosylated btla (b- and t- lymphocyte attenuator)
ES2861449T3 (en) 2015-12-02 2021-10-06 Stcube & Co Inc Antibodies and Molecules that Immunospecifically Bind to BTN1A1 and Their Therapeutic Uses
JP2019518068A (en) 2016-03-29 2019-06-27 エスティーキューブ アンド カンパニー，インコーポレイテッド Method of selecting an antibody that specifically binds to a glycosylated immune checkpoint protein
CA3017608A1 (en) 2016-03-29 2017-10-05 Stcube, Inc. Dual function antibodies specific to glycosylated pd-l1 and methods of use thereof
JP7002467B2 (en) 2016-04-15 2022-01-20 マクロジェニクス，インコーポレーテッド New B7-H3 binding molecule, its antibody drug conjugate, and how to use it
SG11201809316XA (en) 2016-04-28 2018-11-29 Biomunex Pharmaceuticals Bispecific antibodies targeting egfr and her2
WO2017194554A1 (en) 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Combinations therapies for the treatment of cancer
WO2018017673A1 (en) 2016-07-20 2018-01-25 Stcube, Inc. Methods of cancer treatment and therapy using a combination of antibodies that bind glycosylated pd-l1
MX2019002867A (en) 2016-09-19 2019-11-12 Celgene Corp Methods of treating immune disorders using pd-1 binding proteins.
US10766958B2 (en) 2016-09-19 2020-09-08 Celgene Corporation Methods of treating vitiligo using PD-1 binding antibodies
US20180134803A1 (en) 2016-11-04 2018-05-17 Genentech, Inc. Treatment of her2-positive breast cancer
WO2018119299A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Sanofi Humanized cxcr3 antibodies with depleting activity and methods of use thereof
WO2018119288A1 (en) 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Sanofi Anti-human cxcr3 antibodies for treatment of vitiligo
MX2019007801A (en) 2016-12-28 2019-10-30 Genentech Inc Treatment of advanced her2 expressing cancer.
CN115089704A (en) 2017-01-17 2022-09-23 基因泰克公司 Subcutaneous HER2 antibody formulation
WO2018151841A1 (en) 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 Sanofi Multispecific binding molecules having specificity to dystroglycan and laminin-2
CA3053774A1 (en) 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 Sanofi Multispecific binding molecules having specificity to dystroglycan and laminin-2
KR20230144110A (en) 2017-03-02 2023-10-13 제넨테크, 인크. Adjuvant treatment of her2-positive breast cancer
KR20190140952A (en) 2017-04-24 2019-12-20 제넨테크, 인크. ERBB2 / HER2 mutations in transmembrane and proximal membrane domains
US20200131266A1 (en) 2017-05-31 2020-04-30 Stcube & Co., Inc. Methods of treating cancer using antibodies and molecules that immunospecifically bind to btn1a1
KR20200015602A (en) 2017-05-31 2020-02-12 주식회사 에스티큐브앤컴퍼니 Antibodies and molecules immunospecifically binding to BTN1A1 and therapeutic uses thereof
KR20200026209A (en) 2017-06-06 2020-03-10 주식회사 에스티큐브앤컴퍼니 How to treat cancer using antibodies and molecules that bind BTN1A1 or BTN1A1-ligand
US11905328B2 (en) 2017-07-14 2024-02-20 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Dual specificity polypeptide molecule
DE102017115966A1 (en) * 2017-07-14 2019-01-17 Immatics Biotechnologies Gmbh Polypeptide molecule with improved dual specificity
TW202003561A (en) 2018-03-13 2020-01-16 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Combination therapy with targeted 4-1BB (CD137) agonists
US10633458B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2020-04-28 Y-Biologics Inc. Cell engaging binding molecules
MX2020010732A (en) 2018-04-13 2020-11-09 Hoffmann La Roche Her2-targeting antigen binding molecules comprising 4-1bbl.
MA53160A (en) 2018-07-20 2021-05-26 Pf Medicament RECEIVER FOR VISTA
TW202019958A (en) 2018-09-28 2020-06-01 日商協和麒麟股份有限公司 Il-36 antibodies and uses thereof
EP3856774B1 (en) 2018-10-15 2022-11-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Methods of treating residual breast cancer with trastuzumab emtansine
US20220289857A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2022-09-15 Kyowa Kirin Co., Ltd. Fn14 antibodies and uses thereof
CN113677403A (en) 2019-04-12 2021-11-19 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Bispecific antigen binding molecules comprising lipocalin muteins
MX2021015221A (en) 2019-06-13 2022-03-17 Bolt Biotherapeutics Inc Aminobenzazepine compounds, immunoconjugates, and uses thereof.
JP2022546110A (en) 2019-09-03 2022-11-02 ボルト バイオセラピューティクス、インコーポレーテッド Aminoquinoline compounds, immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
WO2021062323A1 (en) 2019-09-26 2021-04-01 Stcube & Co. Antibodies specific to glycosylated ctla-4 and methods of use thereof
CA3152601A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Amide-linked, aminobenzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
WO2021072277A1 (en) 2019-10-09 2021-04-15 Stcube & Co. Antibodies specific to glycosylated lag3 and methods of use thereof
MX2022004875A (en) 2019-10-25 2022-06-17 Bolt Biotherapeutics Inc Thienoazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof.
EP4058024A1 (en) 2019-11-15 2022-09-21 Seagen Inc. Methods of treating her2 positive breast cancer with tucatinib in combination with an anti-her2 antibody-drug conjugate
CA3169523A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2021-09-02 Jaume Pons Transglutaminase-mediated conjugation
WO2021226440A1 (en) 2020-05-08 2021-11-11 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Elastase-substrate, peptide linker immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
TW202216769A (en) 2020-06-23 2022-05-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Agonistic cd28 antigen binding molecules targeting her2
CN115916834A (en) 2020-06-29 2023-04-04 基因泰克公司 Fixed dose combinations of pertuzumab plus trastuzumab
AU2021308283A1 (en) 2020-07-14 2023-02-02 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Assays for fixed dose combinations
JP2023537940A (en) 2020-08-13 2023-09-06 ボルト バイオセラピューティクス、インコーポレーテッド Pyrazoloazepine immunoconjugates and uses thereof
IL303502A (en) 2020-12-11 2023-08-01 Genentech Inc Combination therapies for treatment of her2 cancer
CN116897054A (en) 2020-12-11 2023-10-17 博尔特生物治疗药物有限公司 anti-HER 2 immunoconjugates and uses thereof
JP2023552792A (en) 2020-12-11 2023-12-19 ボルト バイオセラピューティクス、インコーポレーテッド Anti-HER2 immune complexes and uses thereof
EP4271482A2 (en) 2020-12-31 2023-11-08 Alamar Biosciences, Inc. Binder molecules with high affinity and/ or specificity and methods of making and use thereof
EP4313161A1 (en) 2021-03-26 2024-02-07 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. 2-amino-4-carboxamide-benzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
TW202304520A (en) 2021-03-26 2023-02-01 美商博特生物治療公司 2-amino-4-carboxamide-benzazepine immunoconjugates, and uses thereof
WO2022269473A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Materials and methods for hinge regions in functional exogenous receptors
WO2023076599A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Bolt Biotherapeutics, Inc. Tlr agonist immunoconjugates with cysteine-mutant antibodies, and uses thereof
EP4180061A1 (en) 2021-11-10 2023-05-17 Nerviano Medical Sciences S.r.l. Anthracycline derivative linker reagents, antibody-drug conjugates and methods
US20230227545A1 (en) 2022-01-07 2023-07-20 Johnson & Johnson Enterprise Innovation Inc. Materials and methods of il-1beta binding proteins
WO2023152633A1 (en) 2022-02-09 2023-08-17 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Methods and compositions comprising v beta 17 bispecific t cell engagers and bioengineered virus specific lymphocytes
WO2023166098A1 (en) 2022-03-02 2023-09-07 Biomunex Pharmaceuticals Bispecific antibodies binding to her-3 and to either her-2 or egfr
WO2024018426A1 (en) 2022-07-22 2024-01-25 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Enhanced transfer of genetic instructions to effector immune cells
WO2024028732A1 (en) 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Cd98 binding constructs for treating brain tumors
WO2024028731A1 (en) 2022-08-05 2024-02-08 Janssen Biotech, Inc. Transferrin receptor binding proteins for treating brain tumors

Citations (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4753894A (en) * 1984-02-08 1988-06-28 Cetus Corporation Monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US4816567A (en) * 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4845198A (en) * 1984-05-21 1989-07-04 Immunex Corporation Hybridoma antibody which binds IL-2 receptor
US4968603A (en) * 1986-12-31 1990-11-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Determination of status in neoplastic disease
US5132405A (en) * 1987-05-21 1992-07-21 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Biosynthetic antibody binding sites
US5169774A (en) * 1984-02-08 1992-12-08 Cetus Oncology Corporation Monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US5225539A (en) * 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5530101A (en) * 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5545403A (en) * 1990-10-17 1996-08-13 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Method for treating a mammal by administering a CHO-glycosylated antibody
US5558864A (en) * 1991-03-06 1996-09-24 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Humanized and chimeric anti-epidermal growth factor receptor monoclonal antibodies
US5677171A (en) * 1988-01-12 1997-10-14 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the HER2 receptor
US5714350A (en) * 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US5720937A (en) * 1988-01-12 1998-02-24 Genentech, Inc. In vivo tumor detection assay
US5821337A (en) * 1991-06-14 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants
US5834598A (en) * 1990-12-03 1998-11-10 Genentech, Inc. Human growth hormone variants
US5859205A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-01-12 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
US5877293A (en) * 1990-07-05 1999-03-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CDR grafted anti-CEA antibodies and their production
US5929212A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-07-27 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CD3 specific recombinant antibody
US5994510A (en) * 1990-12-21 1999-11-30 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Recombinant antibodies specific for TNFα
US6054297A (en) * 1991-06-14 2000-04-25 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
US6054561A (en) * 1984-02-08 2000-04-25 Chiron Corporation Antigen-binding sites of antibody molecules specific for cancer antigens
US6548640B1 (en) * 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
US6800738B1 (en) * 1991-06-14 2004-10-05 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies

Family Cites Families (39)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2994510A (en) * 1958-02-17 1961-08-01 Symons Clamp & Mfg Co Stake pulling device
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
AU606320B2 (en) 1985-11-01 1991-02-07 International Genetic Engineering, Inc. Modular assembly of antibody genes, antibodies prepared thereby and use
GB8607679D0 (en) 1986-03-27 1986-04-30 Winter G P Recombinant dna product
GB2188941B (en) 1986-04-14 1990-06-06 Bayer Ag Monoclonal antibodies recognizing human interleukin-2-receptor
ATE243754T1 (en) 1987-05-21 2003-07-15 Micromet Ag MULTIFUNCTIONAL PROTEINS WITH PREDEFINED TARGET
GB8720833D0 (en) 1987-09-04 1987-10-14 Celltech Ltd Recombinant dna product
AU625613B2 (en) 1988-01-05 1992-07-16 Novartis Ag Novel chimeric antibodies
JP2646007B2 (en) 1988-01-30 1997-08-25 財団法人 化学及血清療法研究所 Gene fragment encoding anti-HIV antibody variable region, anti-HIV chimeric antibody expressed using the same, and method for producing the same
WO1989007452A1 (en) 1988-02-12 1989-08-24 Medical Research Council Improvements in or relating to antibodies
JPH02503867A (en) 1988-04-15 1990-11-15 プロテイン　デザイン　ラブズ　インコーポレーテッド IL-2 receptor-specific chimeric antibody
ATE119198T1 (en) 1988-04-16 1995-03-15 Celltech Ltd METHOD FOR PRODUCING PROTEINS USING RECOMBINANT DNA.
EP0365209A3 (en) 1988-10-17 1990-07-25 Becton, Dickinson and Company Anti-leu 3a amino acid sequence
WO1990004410A1 (en) 1988-10-19 1990-05-03 The Dow Chemical Company A novel family of high affinity, modified antibodies for cancer treatment
AU634186B2 (en) 1988-11-11 1993-02-18 Medical Research Council Single domain ligands, receptors comprising said ligands, methods for their production, and use of said ligands and receptors
US5102788A (en) 1988-11-21 1992-04-07 Hygeia Sciences, Inc. Immunoassay including lyophilized reactant mixture
IL162181A (en) 1988-12-28 2006-04-10 Pdl Biopharma Inc A method of producing humanized immunoglubulin, and polynucleotides encoding the same
ES2095876T3 (en) 1989-06-02 1997-03-01 Univ Johns Hopkins Med MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AGAINST THE BETA CHAIN OF LEUKOCYTE ACCESSION RECEIVERS; PRODUCTION PROCEDURE OF THESE ANTIBODIES AND USE
CA2018248A1 (en) 1989-06-07 1990-12-07 Clyde W. Shearman Monoclonal antibodies against the human alpha/beta t-cell receptor, their production and use
GB8925590D0 (en) 1989-11-13 1990-01-04 Central Blood Lab Authority Monoclonal antibodies
JPH05501357A (en) 1989-11-17 1993-03-18 ユニリーバー・ナームローゼ・ベンノートシヤープ specific binding substance
NZ236792A (en) 1990-01-19 1993-05-26 Merck & Co Inc Recombinant human anti-cd18 antibody, murine 1b4 heavy or light chain variable region, dna, vectors, mammalian host and pharmaceutical compositions
EP0438312A3 (en) 1990-01-19 1992-07-01 Merck & Co. Inc. Recombinant human anti-cd18 antibodies
EP0438310A1 (en) 1990-01-19 1991-07-24 Merck & Co. Inc. Method for producing recombinant immunoglobuline
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
GB9019553D0 (en) 1990-09-07 1990-10-24 Unilever Plc Specific binding agents
GB9019812D0 (en) 1990-09-11 1990-10-24 Scotgen Ltd Novel antibodies for treatment and prevention of infection in animals and man
GB9020282D0 (en) 1990-09-17 1990-10-31 Gorman Scott D Altered antibodies and their preparation
GB9109645D0 (en) 1991-05-03 1991-06-26 Celltech Ltd Recombinant antibodies
DE4102339A1 (en) * 1991-01-26 1992-07-30 Bayer Ag SUBSTITUTED 3-PHENYL-4-HYDROXY- (DELTA) (ARROW HIGH) 3 (ARROW HIGH) -PYRROLIN-2-ONE
JPH0565233A (en) 1991-03-08 1993-03-19 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Monoclonal antibody-containing lyophilized preparation
GB9105245D0 (en) 1991-03-12 1991-04-24 Lynxvale Ltd Binding molecules
EP0519596B1 (en) 1991-05-17 2005-02-23 Merck & Co. Inc. A method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
GB9115364D0 (en) 1991-07-16 1991-08-28 Wellcome Found Antibody
CA2120701A1 (en) 1991-10-11 1993-04-15 Sharon M. Devereaux Unit-of-use reagent composition for specific binding assays
US5639641A (en) 1992-09-09 1997-06-17 Immunogen Inc. Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
DE69332930T2 (en) 1992-11-16 2004-02-26 Cancer Research Fund Of Contra Costa, Walnut Creek Peptides with a wide neoplastic specificity
AU5732694A (en) 1992-12-01 1994-06-22 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized antibodies reactive with cd18
SK17282000A3 (en) 1998-05-15 2002-04-04 Imclone Systems Incorporated Non-radiolabeled protein receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor

Patent Citations (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4816567A (en) * 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4753894A (en) * 1984-02-08 1988-06-28 Cetus Corporation Monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US6054561A (en) * 1984-02-08 2000-04-25 Chiron Corporation Antigen-binding sites of antibody molecules specific for cancer antigens
US5169774A (en) * 1984-02-08 1992-12-08 Cetus Oncology Corporation Monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US4845198A (en) * 1984-05-21 1989-07-04 Immunex Corporation Hybridoma antibody which binds IL-2 receptor
US5225539A (en) * 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US20040192897A2 (en) * 1986-03-27 2004-09-30 Medical Research Council Altered Antibodies
US20040127688A1 (en) * 1986-03-27 2004-07-01 Medical Research Council Altered antibodies
US6548640B1 (en) * 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
US4968603A (en) * 1986-12-31 1990-11-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Determination of status in neoplastic disease
US5132405A (en) * 1987-05-21 1992-07-21 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Biosynthetic antibody binding sites
US5720954A (en) * 1988-01-12 1998-02-24 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the HER2 receptor
US5772997A (en) * 1988-01-12 1998-06-30 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the HER2 receptor
US5677171A (en) * 1988-01-12 1997-10-14 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the HER2 receptor
US5770195A (en) * 1988-01-12 1998-06-23 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the her2 receptor
US5725856A (en) * 1988-01-12 1998-03-10 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the HER2 receptor
US5720937A (en) * 1988-01-12 1998-02-24 Genentech, Inc. In vivo tumor detection assay
US6180370B1 (en) * 1988-12-28 2001-01-30 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins and methods of making the same
US5693761A (en) * 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding improved humanized immunoglobulins
US5693762A (en) * 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5585089A (en) * 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5530101A (en) * 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5859205A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-01-12 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
US5929212A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-07-27 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CD3 specific recombinant antibody
US5877293A (en) * 1990-07-05 1999-03-02 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CDR grafted anti-CEA antibodies and their production
US5545405A (en) * 1990-10-17 1996-08-13 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Method for treating a mammal suffering from cancer with a cho-glycosylated antibody
US5545403A (en) * 1990-10-17 1996-08-13 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Method for treating a mammal by administering a CHO-glycosylated antibody
US5545404A (en) * 1990-10-17 1996-08-13 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Method for treating a mammal suffering from a T-cell medicated disorder with a CHO-Glycosylated antibody
US5834598A (en) * 1990-12-03 1998-11-10 Genentech, Inc. Human growth hormone variants
US5994510A (en) * 1990-12-21 1999-11-30 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Recombinant antibodies specific for TNFα
US5558864A (en) * 1991-03-06 1996-09-24 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Humanized and chimeric anti-epidermal growth factor receptor monoclonal antibodies
US6054297A (en) * 1991-06-14 2000-04-25 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
US6407213B1 (en) * 1991-06-14 2002-06-18 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US6639055B1 (en) * 1991-06-14 2003-10-28 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US6719971B1 (en) * 1991-06-14 2004-04-13 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US5821337A (en) * 1991-06-14 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants
US6800738B1 (en) * 1991-06-14 2004-10-05 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US20040236078A1 (en) * 1991-06-14 2004-11-25 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US6350861B1 (en) * 1992-03-09 2002-02-26 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Antibodies with increased binding affinity
US5714350A (en) * 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8075890B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2011-12-13 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US20070184055A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2007-08-09 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-erbb2 antibodies
US20110129464A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2011-06-02 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-erbb2 antibodies and treatment with anti-erbb2 antibodies
US20070269429A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2007-11-22 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-erbb2 antibodies
US7862817B2 (en) 1999-06-25 2011-01-04 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-ErbB2 antibodies and treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies
US20050238640A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2005-10-27 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies and EGFR-targeted drugs
US20060073143A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2006-04-06 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies and anti-hormonal compounds
US20060198843A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2006-09-07 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies and chemotherapeutic agents
US20050208043A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2005-09-22 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-ErbB2 antibodies and treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibodies
US20060034842A1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2006-02-16 Genentech, Inc. Treatment with anti-ErbB2 antibody combinations
US20060013819A1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2006-01-19 Genentech, Inc. Therapy of platinum-resistant cancer
US7879325B2 (en) 2004-07-22 2011-02-01 Genentech, Inc. HER2 antibody composition
US20110117097A1 (en) * 2004-07-22 2011-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Her2 antibody composition
US8241630B2 (en) 2004-07-22 2012-08-14 Genentech, Inc. HER2 antibody composition
US7560111B2 (en) 2004-07-22 2009-07-14 Genentech, Inc. HER2 antibody composition
US20060165702A1 (en) * 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Fixed dosing of HER antibodies
US8404234B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2013-03-26 Genentech, Inc. Fixed dosing of HER antibodies
US8691232B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2014-04-08 Genentech, Inc. Extending time to disease progression or survival in cancer patients
US20060188509A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-24 Genentech, Inc. Extending time to disease progression or survival in cancer patients

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6800738B1 (en) 2004-10-05
US20100016556A1 (en) 2010-01-21
US20040236078A1 (en) 2004-11-25
US8075890B2 (en) 2011-12-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8075890B2 (en) Method for making humanized antibodies
US6719971B1 (en) Method for making humanized antibodies
US6054297A (en) Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
CA2491864C (en) Super humanized antibodies
US7147851B1 (en) Humanized immunoglobulin reactive with α4β7 integrin
JP3242913B2 (en) CD3-specific recombinant antibodies
US6500931B1 (en) Humanized antibodies to Fc receptors for immunoglobulin G on human mononuclear phagocytes
Jolliffe Humanized antibodies: enhancing therapeutic utility through antibody engineering
US11421030B2 (en) BTLA antibodies
WO2021152590A1 (en) Articles of manufacture comprising anti pd-l1 antibodies and their use in therapy

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION